(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Joseph E. Scalzo
Chief Executive Officer and President
1050 17th Street, Suite 1500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:
Christian O. Nagler
Peter S. Seligson
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 446-4800 – Phone
(212) 446-4900 – Facsimile

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: From time to time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: ☒

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act . ☒

(1) Represents shares of Common Stock registered for resale by the Selling Stockholders named in this registration statement, and, in accordance with Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), this registration statement shall be deemed to cover an indeterminate number of additional shares to be offered or issued from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions with respect to the shares being registered

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act, based on the average of the high and low prices of the Common Stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) on September 28, 2017.

(3) Calculated by multiplying the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of securities to be registered by 0.0001245.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

This prospectus relates to an aggregate of 18,945,674 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) that may be resold from time to time by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus, which include certain members of our board of directors (each a “Selling Stockholder” and collectively, the “Selling Stockholders”). We are not offering any securities pursuant to this prospectus. We are registering the resale of the Common Stock as required by the Investor Rights Agreements we entered into with Conyers Park Sponsor (as defined below) and Atkins Holdings LLC. For more information on the Investor Rights Agreements, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Investor Rights Agreements.”

We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the Common Stock and will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock. The Selling Stockholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their respective sales of the Common Stock.

Our common stock and Warrants are listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbols “SMPL” and “SMPL.W”, respectively. On November 10, 2017, the closing sale prices of our common stock and Warrants were $12.10 and $2.44, respectively.

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 6 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. No one has been authorized to provide you with information that is different from that contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. This prospectus is dated as of the date set forth on the cover hereof. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than that date. You should not assume that the information incorporated by reference in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of such incorporated document.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements relate to expectations for future financial performance, business strategies or expectations for our business. Specifically, forward-looking statements may include statements relating to:

These forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this prospectus, and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties. Important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated or implied by forward-looking statements such as those contained in documents we have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any subsequent date, we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date they were made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, our actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. For a discussion of the risks involved in our business and investing in our common stock, see the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS

This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” See also the section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “Simply Good Foods,” “Atkins,” the “Company,” “we,” “our” “us” and other similar terms refer to The Simply Good Foods Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Unless otherwise specified, share calculations do not include any shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock.

Overview

Simply Good Foods is a growing developer, marketer and seller of branded nutritional foods and snacking products. Its highly-focused product portfolio consists primarily of nutrition bars, ready-to-drink (“RTD”) shakes, snacks and confectionery products marketed under the Atkins^®, SimplyProtein^®, Atkins Harvest Trail, and Atkins Endulge^® brand names. Over the past 45 years, Atkins has become an iconic American brand that for many consumers stands for “low carb,” “low sugar” and “protein rich” nutrition. The Atkins approach focuses on a healthy nutritional approach with reduced levels of refined carbohydrates and refined sugars and encourages the consumption of lean protein, fiber, fruits, vegetables, and good fats.

In our core Atkins snacking business, we strive to offer a complete line of nutrition bars, RTD shakes and confections that satisfy hunger while providing consumers with a convenient, “better-for-you” snacking alternative. Our sales, marketing and R&D capabilities enable us to distribute products into a national customer base across the mass merchandiser, grocery and drug channels. We believe that Atkins’ broad brand recognition, depth of management talent and strong cash generation position us to continue to innovate in the Atkins brand and acquire other brands, and thereby become an industry leading snacking platform. To that end, in December 2016, Atkins completed the acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., a Canada-based developer, marketer and seller of the SimplyProtein^®brand that is focused on protein-rich and low-sugar products, which our management believes has significant opportunity for expansion in the U.S. In addition to snacking products, Atkins entered into a license arrangement in 2014 for frozen meals sold in the U.S. by Bellisio Foods, Inc. which reduces Atkins’ GAAP net sales as products are distributed by Bellisio and are no longer shipped direct to customers.

Snacking occasions are on the rise as consumers crave convenient, healthy and delicious foods, snacks and meal replacements for their on-the-go lifestyles. Atkins’ emphasis on nutrition bars and RTD shakes positions us to capitalize on consumers’ busy schedules. We believe a number of existing and emerging consumer trends within the U.S. food and beverage industry — including increased consumption of smaller, more frequent meals throughout the day, consumers’ strong preference for convenient, “better-for-you” snacks, consumers’ greater focus on health and wellness, and consumers’ moves toward controlling carbohydrate and sugar consumption — will continue to both drive the growth of the nutritional snacking category and increase the demand for Atkins’ product offerings.

Our Strengths

Powerful brand with strong consumer awareness and loyalty. We are a leading player in the fast-growing nutritional snacking category, and Atkins is one of the only brands with scale in both nutrition bars and RTD shakes. The Atkins iconic brand has 85% aided brand awareness with U.S. consumers today, based on a study conducted by Atkins in January 2016. Atkins continues to add new consumers, as demonstrated by a 6% compound annual increase in its consumer base over the past five fiscal years. Its highly-focused snacking portfolio provides us with a unique position within retailers’ nutrition and wellness aisles, resulting in meaningful shelf space. Atkins’ ability to appeal to both weight management program consumers and consumers focused on everyday nutritious eating makes it a highly attractive and strategic brand for a diverse set of retailers across various distribution channels.

Aligned with consumer mega trends. Increasing global concern about growing rates of obesity and weight-related diseases and other health issues has resulted in increased scientific, media and consumer focus on nutrition. Over 100 independent, peer reviewed, clinical studies show the benefits of controlling carbohydrates. Management believes that this focus is prompting consumers to rebalance their nutritional breakdown away from carbohydrates. In fact, 73% of consumers are seeking to lower their carbohydrate intake according to Health Focus International. Atkins brand attributes “low carb,” “low sugar” and “protein rich” nutrition, are well aligned with consumer mega trends. In addition, consumers’ eating habits are gradually shifting towards increased convenience, snacking and meal replacement. Our portfolio of convenient and nutritious products as well as our ongoing effort to meet consumer demands for “cleaner labels,” which we define as products made with fewer, simpler and more recognizable ingredients, are strategically aligned with these trends.

Scalable snacking and food platform. With the highly-recognized Atkins brand as an anchor, we have been able to grow our product offerings through our brand extensions such as Atkins Harvest Trail via acquisitions such as the December 2016 acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., a Canada-based developer, marketer and seller of the SimplyProtein^® brand. Our in-house product development experience, combined with our outsourced manufacturing model, allow us to bring new products to market quickly. We pride ourselves on knowing our consumers and mining insights that lead to new products and ideas. We believe that we have the ability to leverage our strong relationships with our retail customers and distributors, brand building record, and category management expertise to help new products, brands and brand extensions gain distribution and consumer recognition, allowing us to continue to successfully expand our snacking platform.

Asset-light business with strong cash generation. We retain core in-house capabilities including sales and marketing, brand management, customer relationships, product development, and supply-chain know-how, while partnering with a diversified pool of contract manufacturers and distributors to execute manufacturing and distribution. Outsourcing these competencies allows us to focus our efforts on innovation, marketing and sales to strive to meet consumer demands. Our lean infrastructure allows for significant flexibility and speed-to-market and minimal capital investment, which translates into consistent and robust free cash flow generation over time, driven by strong gross margins.

Experienced leadership team. Simply Good Foods has an experienced team of industry veterans with extensive experience across multiple branded consumer products, food and nutrition categories. For example, our Chief Executive Officer, Joseph Scalzo, has significant experience operating packaged foods businesses, having served in various leadership roles at Dean Foods, WhiteWave Foods, The Gillette Company, The Coca-Cola Company, and The Procter & Gamble Company. Simply Good Foods’ extensive experience is complemented by the significant industry expertise of James Kilts, the former Chief Executive Officer of The Gillette Company and Nabisco, and former President of Kraft USA and Oscar Mayer, and David West, the former Chief Executive Officer of Big Heart Pet Brands and The Hershey Company. Our management team’s deep expertise and proven track record in managing brands and operating packaged food businesses is a key driver of our success and positions Simply Good Foods as an attractive vehicle for future long-term growth within the snacking space and broader food category.

Our Strategies

Continue our advocacy, education and activation for core program consumers. Consumers who purchase Atkins’ products have shown a strong affinity for the brand as evidenced by a relatively high level of servings per buyer, per year. Historically, our core target consumer base has consisted of individuals participating in branded weight management programs. These consumers are our most loyal, profitable and frequent purchasers. We believe that social media is a cost-effective way of continuing to attract and retain these core consumers. We expect that the recently improved website and mobile application will continue to attract core consumers, including millennials, to our products. Our marketing strategy also uses television and print behind our new celebrity spokeswoman Lauren Alaina and the “Today’s Atkins” campaign. We believe that our ongoing efforts to educate consumers about the benefits of a lower carbohydrate lifestyle will further reinforce the brand to core consumers who are focused on a programmatic approach to weight management.

Further develop marketing strategy to reach self-directed low carbohydrate consumers. We intend to continue to make focused changes to our approach to consumer outreach. According to the Information Resources, Inc. (“IRI”) Study, over 50% of current consumers are self-directed eaters (not on a program diet) who buy and consume our products, despite the fact that historically, Atkins’ marketing and advertising have not been targeted towards them. Based on a study we conducted in January 2016, we believe that the addressable market for our products is expandable from approximately 8 million low carbohydrate, program weight management consumers to approximately 46 million consumers, including individuals focused on self-directed weight management and those who have adopted a low carbohydrate approach to eating unrelated to weight management. Management expects that the brand’s redesigned marketing and advertising, such as our food-focused television advertising, will be effective at reaching the large addressable market of self-directed low carbohydrate consumers. Additionally, social media continues to be an important component of our marketing tools and we have an active and growing presence on key social channels such as Facebook, Instagram and Twitter. During the 52-week period ended August 26, 2017, Atkins had approximately 10 million new visitors to its website, www.atkins.com.

Innovate and expand the portfolio of product offerings to meet consumer demands for “cleaner labels,” higher protein products and new product forms. Management expects that our ongoing efforts to meet consumer demands for “cleaner labels,” which we define as products made with fewer, simpler and more recognizable ingredients, will be effective at reaching self-directed low carbohydrate consumers, who are focused on weight management as part of overall health, wellness and “clean eating.” Management is committed to continually finding new and innovative formulations to reduce the number of product ingredients, as well as using “better for you” ingredients like nuts, fiber and whey protein in its existing products, while maintaining and improving taste and quality. In addition, we intend to continue to enhance, strengthen and expand our product offerings with new and innovative flavors and forms, simple ingredients and packaging alternatives, all while maintaining a commitment to delivering products that meet our nutritional profile and provide the convenience that consumers crave. Our in-house research and development laboratory allows us to develop new products internally and bring them to market quickly through our contract manufacturing network without diverging from high standards of taste, quality, safety and nutritional content. Additionally, we believe we will be able to meet consumer demands through merger and acquisition transactions, such as the December 2016 acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., a Canada-based developer, marketer and seller of the SimplyProtein^®brand that is focused on “cleaner label,” protein-rich, and low-sugar products, which our management believes has significant opportunity for expansion in the U.S.

Expand distribution in white space opportunities. In the 52-week period ended August 26, 2017, over 80% of Atkins’ gross sales were through the mass retailer and grocery distribution channels. Management team believes there is opportunity for the brand to further penetrate other distribution channels such as convenience and club stores. Management also believes that the development of the SimplyProtein^®brand will allow us to expand distribution into the natural and specialty channel. In addition, while shoppers have become heavy consumers of e-commerce purchases generally, only approximately 3% of Atkins’ gross sales for the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 were through its e-commerce channel. We intend to leverage our brand recognition to further develop the distribution channels through which it reaches consumers, including through the expansion of the e-commerce channel.

Leverage platform to expand in attractive food and snacking categories. Management believes the fragmented snacking category presents a substantial opportunity for consolidation and the opportunity to build, through disciplined acquisitions, a leading platform in the snacking space and broader food category. As a leader in nutritious snacking, we believe we have the unique capability to leverage our operating platform and customer relationships to expand beyond the Atkins brand. Our experienced management team has deep expertise in brand building to expand the business into additional brands and products in the snacking segment. Simply Good Foods is actively seeking to identify and evaluate new acquisition opportunities to complement the Atkins platform, and see significant opportunity for growth and synergies in complementary adjacent snacking categories such as the “better-for-you” eating space.

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary, that represent challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in March 2017 in order to become the parent company of NCP-ATK HOLDINGS, Inc. following the consummation of a business combination with Conyers Park, a blank check company incorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2016. On July 7, 2017, we consummated the Business Combination and, in connection therewith, became a successor issuer to Conyers Park by operation of Rule 12g-3(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Our principal executive offices are located at 1050 17th Street, Suite 1500, Denver, CO 80265, and our telephone number is (303) 633-2840. Our website address is www.thesimplygoodfoodscompany.com. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. Our business, prospects, financial condition, or operating results could be harmed by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our securities could decline due to any of these risks, and, as a result, you may lose all or part of your investment.

We may not be able to compete successfully in the highly competitive nutritional snacking industry.

The market for nutritious snacking is large and intensely competitive because consumers are seeking simpler, “cleaner” and more sustainable eating habits. Our business is committed to providing people a more nutritious way to eat. As a result, we compete in the nutritional snacking industry, a subcategory of the general snack foods industry. Competitive factors in the nutritional snacking industry include product quality and taste, brand awareness among consumers, nutritional content, simpler and less processed ingredients, innovation of “on-trend” snacks, variety of snacks offered, grocery aisle placement, access to retailer shelf space, price, advertising and promotion, product packaging and package design. We compete in this market against numerous multinational, regional and local companies principally on the basis of our low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich nutritional content, product taste and quality, our brand recognition and loyalty, marketing, advertising, price and the ability to satisfy specific consumer dietary needs. An increasing focus on healthy and simpler products in the marketplace will likely increase these competitive pressures within the category in future periods.

Our competitors in the nutritional snacking industry also include companies selling branded weight loss programs who support these programs by offering a wide variety of diet foods and meal replacement bars and shakes and nutritional supplements, and through the promotion of weight loss and weight management approaches such as paleo, vegan, gluten free, vegetarian and others. Views towards nutritional snacking, weight loss and management, and other nutritional approaches, are cyclical and trendy in nature, with constantly changing consumer perceptions. In addition to remaining competitive through the quality of our products, consumer perceptions of Atkins’ weight management approach and the effectiveness of a low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich eating approach must continue to be viewed favorably, or our business and reputation may be adversely affected. If other weight management approaches become more popular, or are generally perceived to be more effective than Atkins. We may be unable to compete effectively. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than us and sell brands that may be more widely recognized than Atkins’ brands. Our current and potential competitors may offer products similar to our products or a wider range of products than we offer, and may offer such products at more competitive prices than we do. Local or regional markets often have significant smaller competitors, many of whom offer products similar to ours and may have unique ties to regional or national retail chains. Any increased competition from new entrants into the nutritional snacking industry or any increased success by existing competition could result in reductions in our sales, and require us to reduce our prices, or both, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not continually enhance our brand recognition, increase distribution of our products, attract new customers to its brands and introduce new and innovative products, either on a timely basis or at all, our business may suffer.

The nutritional snacking industry is subject to rapid and frequent changes in consumer demands. Because consumers in this industry are constantly seeking new products and strategies to achieve their healthy eating goals, our success relies heavily on our ability to continue to develop and market new and innovative products and extensions. New product sales represent a growing and important portion of our net sales. In order to respond to new and evolving consumer demands, achieve market acceptance and keep pace with new nutritional, weight management, technological and other developments, we must constantly introduce new and innovative products into the market, some of which may be sent to market prematurely and may not be consistent with its quality and taste standards. Accordingly, we may not be successful in developing, introducing on a timely basis or marketing any new or enhanced products. If we are unable to commercialize new products, our revenue may not grow as expected, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our growth may be limited if we are unable to add additional shelf or retail space for our products.

Our results will depend on our ability to drive revenue growth, in part, by expanding the distribution channels for our products. However, our ability to do so may be limited by an inability to secure additional shelf or retail space for our products. Shelf and retail space for nutritional snacks is limited and subject to competitive and other pressures, and there can be no assurance that retail operators will provide sufficient shelf space nor that online retailers will provide us online access to their platform to enable us to meet our growth objectives.

Changes in consumer preferences, perceptions of healthy food products and discretionary spending may negatively impact our brand loyalty and net sales, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We focus on products that are, or that we believe are, perceived to have positive effects on health, and compete in a market that relies on innovation and evolving consumer preferences. However, the processed food industry, and the nutritional snacking industry in particular, are subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Emerging science, Atkins’ nutritional approach and theories regarding health are constantly evolving. Therefore, products or methods of eating once considered healthy may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer be perceived as healthy. Trends within the food industry change often and our failure to anticipate, identify or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced consumer demand and price reductions, and could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, certain ingredients used in our products may become negatively perceived by consumers, resulting in reformulation of existing products to remove such ingredients, which may negatively affect taste or other qualities. Factors that may affect consumer perception of healthy products include dietary trends and attention to different nutritional aspects of foods, concerns regarding the health effects of specific ingredients and nutrients, trends away from specific ingredients in products and increasing awareness of the environmental and social effects of product production. Consumer perceptions of the nutritional profile of low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich eating practices and products may shift, and consumers may no longer perceive food products with fewer carbohydrates, higher levels of protein, higher levels of fat and additional fiber as healthy. Approaches regarding weight management and healthy lifestyles are the subject of numerous studies and publications, often with differentiating views and opinions, some of which may be adverse to us. Conflicting scientific information on what constitutes good nutrition, diet fads and other weight loss trends may also adversely affect our business from time to time. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate the tastes and dietary habits of consumers and other consumer trends and to offer products that appeal to their needs and preferences on a timely and affordable basis. A change in consumer discretionary spending, due to economic downturn or other reasons may also adversely affect our sales, and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our brands or reputation are damaged, the attractive characteristics that we offer our consumers, distributors and retailers may diminish, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We believe we have built our reputation on the efficacy of our nutritional approach, as well as the high quality flavor and nutritional content of our food, and we must protect and grow the value of our brands to continue to be successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer affinity for our brands could significantly reduce our value and damage our business. For example, negative third-party reports regarding the Atkins nutritional approach, whether accurate or not, may adversely impact consumer perceptions. Atkins’ brand value could suffer and our business could be adversely affected if our consumers perceive a reduction in the effectiveness of our nutritional approach or the quality of our food. In addition, if we are forced, or voluntarily elect, to recall certain products, including frozen foods or other licensed products over which we may not have full quality control, the public perception of the quality of our food may be diminished. We may also be adversely affected by news reports or other negative publicity, regardless of their accuracy, regarding other aspects of our business, such as public health concerns, illness, safety, security breaches of confidential consumer or employee information, employee related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, health care and benefit issues or government or industry findings concerning our retailers, distributors, manufacturers or others across the food industry supply chain.

In addition, as part of our marketing initiatives, we have entered into agreements with certain public figures to market and endorse our products on both a national and local level. While we maintain specific selection criteria and are diligent in our efforts to seek out public figures that resonate genuinely and effectively with our consumer audience, the individuals we choose to market and endorse our products may fall into negative favor with the general public. Because our consumers may associate the public figures that market and endorse our products with us, any negative publicity on behalf of such individuals may result in negative publicity about us and our products. This negative publicity could adversely affect our brand and reputation as well as our revenue and profits.

Also, there has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and similar channels, including weblogs (blogs), websites and other forms of Internet-based communications that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of information on social media platforms is virtually immediate as is its impact. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is seemingly limitless. Information concerning our business and/or products may be posted on such platforms at any time. Negative views regarding our products and the efficacy of a low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich eating approach have been posted on various social media platforms, and may continue to be posted in the future, which we cannot control. Regardless of their accuracy or authenticity, such information and views may be adverse to our interests, which may harm our reputation and brand. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

Ultimately, the risks associated with any such negative publicity cannot be eliminated or completely mitigated and may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must expend resources to maintain consumer awareness of our brands, build brand loyalty and generate interest in our products.

We believe that the Atkins nutritional approach is broadly known and followed in the United States and in many of the other countries in which we operate. In order to remain competitive and to expand and keep shelf placement for our products, we may need to increase our marketing and advertising spending in order to maintain and increase consumer awareness, protect and grow our existing market share or to promote new products, which could impact our operating results. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures may be required to maintain or improve our brand’s market position or to introduce new products to the market, and participants in our industry are engaging with non-traditional media, including consumer outreach through social media and web-based channels. An increase in our marketing and advertising efforts may not maintain our current reputation, or lead to an increase in brand awareness. Moreover, we may be unable to maintain current awareness of our brand due to any potential fragmentation of our marketing efforts as we continue to focus on a low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich nutritional approach for everyday snacking consumers. In addition, we consistently evaluate our product lines to determine whether or not to discontinue certain products. Discontinuing product lines may increase our profitability but could reduce our sales and hurt our brands, and a reduction in sales of certain products could result in a reduction in sales of other products. The discontinuation of product lines may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, unattractive shelf placement and pricing may put our products at a disadvantage to those of our competitors. Even if we obtain shelf space or preferable shelf placement, our new and existing products may fail to achieve the sales expectations set by our retailers, potentially causing these retailers to remove our products from their shelves. Additionally, an increase in the quantity and quality of private-label products in the product categories in which we compete could create more pressure for shelf space and placement for branded products within each such category, which could adversely affect our sales.

We may not be successful in implementing our growth strategies, including expanding our emphasis on a low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich healthy lifestyle, while maintaining the traditional identity of our brands and the loyalty of our consumers.

Our future success depends in large part on our ability to implement our growth strategies effectively. In December 2016, we transitioned from a single- to multi-brand portfolio with the addition of Wellness Foods and the addition of the SimplyProtein^®brand. We expect to focus on nutritional snacking in the future. As a multi-brand business, we face increased complexities and greater uncertainty with respect to consumer trends and demands than as a single-brand business. Our ability to successfully expand our nutritional snacking brands and other growth strategies depends, among other things, on our ability to identify, and successfully cater to, new demographics and consumer trends, develop new and innovative products, identify and acquire additional product lines and businesses, secure shelf space in grocery stores, wholesale clubs and other retailers, increase consumer awareness of our brands, enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with third-party retailers and other potential distributors of our products and compete with numerous other companies and products. In addition, self-directed lifestyle consumers of our nutritional snacking products may have different preferences and spending habits than the consumers of traditional weight loss products, and we may not be successful in reaching and maintaining the loyalty of new consumers to the same extent, or at all, as we have with our historical consumers. Traditional weight management consumers actively on the Atkins program represent approximately 15% of our current consumer base whereas the remaining 85% of our consumers are not currently on a program diet. Furthermore, we may not be successful in evolving our advertising and other efforts to appeal to both our branded weight loss consumers and self-directed healthy lifestyle consumers. If we are unable to identify and capture new audiences and demographics, our ability to successfully integrate additional brands will be adversely affected. Accordingly, we may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategies, expand our brands, or continue to maintain growth in our sales at our current rate, or at all. If we fail to implement our growth strategies, our sales and profitability may be negatively impacted, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We intend to grow through acquisitions or joint ventures and we may not successfully integrate, operate or realize the anticipated benefits of such business combinations.

As part of our strategic initiatives, we intend to pursue selected acquisitions or joint ventures, such as our acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., including its SimplyProtein^®brand, in December 2016. Our acquisition strategy is based on identifying and acquiring brands with products that complement our existing products and identifying and acquiring brands in new categories and in new geographies for the purpose of expanding our platform of nutritional snacks and potentially other food products. However, although we regularly evaluate multiple acquisition candidates, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates, negotiate acquisitions of identified candidates on favorable terms, or integrate acquisitions that we complete.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including intense competition for suitable acquisition targets, which could increase target prices and/or adversely affect our ability to consummate deals on favorable or acceptable terms, the potential unavailability of financial resources necessary to consummate acquisitions in the future, the risk that we improperly value and price a target, the potential inability to identify all of the risks and liabilities inherent in a target company or assets notwithstanding our diligence efforts, the diversion of management’s attention from the operations of our business and strain on our existing personnel, increased leverage due to additional debt financing that may be required to complete an acquisition, dilution of the net current book value per share if we issue additional equity securities to finance an acquisition, difficulties in identifying suitable acquisition targets or in completing any transactions identified on sufficiently favorable terms and the need to obtain regulatory or other governmental approvals that may be necessary to complete acquisitions.

In addition, any future acquisitions may pose risks associated with entry into new geographic markets, including outside the United States and our current international markets, distribution channels, lines of business or product categories, where we may not have significant prior experience and where we may not be as successful or profitable as we are in businesses and geographic regions where we have greater familiarity and brand recognition. Potential acquisitions may also entail significant transaction costs and require a significant amount of management time, even where we are unable to consummate or decides not to pursue a particular transaction.

In addition to the risks above, even when acquisitions, such as the acquisition of Wellness Foods, are completed, integration of acquired entities can involve significant difficulties. These include failure to achieve financial or operating objectives with respect to an acquisition, systems, operational and managerial controls and procedures, the need to modify systems or to add management resources, difficulties in the integration and retention of consumers or personnel and the integration and effective deployment of operations or technologies, amortization of acquired assets (which would reduce future reported earnings), possible adverse short-term effects on cash flows or operating results, integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures, coordinating sales and marketing functions and failure to obtain and retain key personnel of an acquired business. Failure to manage these acquisition growth risks could have an adverse effect on our business.

All of our products must comply with regulations of the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, as well as state and local regulations. Any non-compliance with the FDA or other applicable regulations could harm our business.

Our products must comply with various FDA rules and regulations, including those regarding product manufacturing, food safety, required testing and appropriate labeling of our products. The FDA has not defined nutrient content claims with respect to carbohydrates, but has not objected to the use of net carbohydrate information on food labels if the label adequately explains how the term is used so that it would not be false or misleading to consumers. The FDA requires all carbohydrates per serving to be listed on the Nutrition Facts Panel (“NFP”) of a package. In addition to the information on the NFP, we use the term “net carbohydrate” (or “net carbs”) on our Atkins’ packaging to assist consumers in tracking the carbohydrates in that serving of food that impact a person’s blood sugar (glucose) levels. We determine the number of net carbs in a serving of food by subtracting fiber, and sugar alcohols, if any, from the actual number of carbohydrates listed on the NFP. Fiber and sugar alcohols can be subtracted from the carbohydrates because they minimally impact blood sugar. It is possible that FDA regulations and/or their interpretations may change related to, for example, definitions of certain of our core ingredients, such as fiber; labeling requirements for describing other ingredients or nutrients, such as sugar alcohols or protein; or disclosures of any ingredient labeled as genetically modified, or GMO. As such, there is a risk that our products could become non-compliant with the FDA’s regulations, and any such non-compliance could harm our business.

In addition, if FDA or other regulations restrict us from labeling and marketing certain ingredients or product attributes, such as fiber or “net carb” count, we may be unable to effectively reach our target demographics, promote what we believe to be the benefits of our products or communicate that our products are composed of what we consider to be low-carb, low-sugar and protein-rich ingredients.

We do not manufacture our products directly, but rather, rely on a pool of contract manufacturers who produces products in their own facilities. Therefore, we must rely on these manufacturers to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements. Although we require our contract manufacturers to be compliant, we do not have direct control over such facilities. Failure of our contract manufacturers to comply with applicable regulation could have an adverse effect on our business.

Conflicts between state and federal law regarding definitions of our core ingredients, as well as labeling requirements, may lead to non-compliance with state and local regulations. For example, certain states may maintain narrower definitions of certain ingredients, as well as more stringent labeling requirements, of which we are unaware. Any non-compliance at the state or local level could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.

Elements of our businesses, including the production, storage, distribution, sale, display, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of our products, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as the laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which our products or components thereof (such as packaging) may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws and regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:

New laws, regulations or governmental policies and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products, ingredients contained in our products or commodities used in the production of our products, may alter the environment in which it does business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities. In addition, if we fail to adhere to such laws and regulations, we could be subject to regulatory investigations, civil or criminal sanctions, as well as class action litigation, which has increased in the industry in recent years.

We rely on sales to a limited number of retailers for the substantial majority of our net sales, and the loss of one or more such retailers may harm our business. In addition, we maintain “at will” contracts with these retailers, which do not require recurring or minimum purchase amounts of our products.

A substantial majority of our sales are generated from a limited number of retailers. Sales to our largest retailer, Walmart Stores, Inc., represented approximately 42% of sales of Simply Good Foods. Although the composition of our significant retailers may vary from period to period, we expect that most of our net sales and accounts receivable will continue to come from a relatively small number of retailers for the foreseeable future. These retailers may take actions that affect us for reasons that we cannot always anticipate or control, such as their financial condition, changes in their business strategy, operations or the introduction of competing products or the perceived quality of our products.

In addition, our retailers typically do not provide us with firm, long-term or short-term volume purchase commitments. As a result, we could have periods with little to no orders for our products while still incurring costs related to workforce maintenance, marketing, general corporate expenses and debt service. Furthermore, despite operating in different channels, our retailers sometimes compete for the same consumers. As a result of actual or perceived conflicts resulting from this competition, retailers may take actions that negatively affect us. We may not be able to find new retailers to supplement periods where we experience few or no purchase orders or that we can recover fixed costs as a result of experiencing reduced purchase orders. Periods of few or no purchase orders for our products could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Conversely, from time to time, we may experience unanticipated increases in orders of our products from these retailers that can create supply chain problems and may result in unfilled orders. If we are unable to meet such increased orders of our products, our reputation with these retailers may be harmed. Unanticipated fluctuations in product requirements by these retailers could result in fluctuations in our results from quarter to quarter.

Consolidation among retailers may also adversely affect our results. An increase in the concentration of our sales to large customers may negatively affect our profitability due to the impact of higher shelving fees and reduced volumes of product sold. Furthermore, as retailers consolidate, they may reduce the number of branded products they offer in order to accommodate private label products and generate more competitive terms from branded suppliers.

The loss of, or disruption in, or our inability to efficiently operate our fulfillment network could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

For our U.S. operations, we utilize a single distribution center in Greenfield, Indiana. Substantially all of our inventory is shipped directly to our retailers from this center by the third-party operator. We rely significantly on the orderly operation of this center, and if complications arise or if the facility is severely damaged or destroyed, our ability to deliver inventory on a timely basis will be significantly impaired. Such delays could adversely impact our business.

We also rely on a single-sourced logistics provider for distribution and product shipments in the United States. Our utilization of delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase shipping costs, and employee strikes and inclement weather, which may impact the ability of providers to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. From time to time, we may change third-party transportation providers, and we could therefore face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries. In addition, we could incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change, and fail to obtain terms as favorable as those we currently receive.

Disruptions in operations due to natural or man-made disasters, fire, flooding, terrorism or other catastrophic events, system failure, labor disagreements or shipping problems may result in delays in the delivery of products to retailers.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers and manufacturers to supply our core ingredients and produce our products.

The core ingredients used in manufacturing our products include soy, nuts, dairy and cocoa. There may be a limited market supply of any of these core ingredients and we rely on a limited number of third party suppliers to provide these ingredients, a portion of which are international companies. Any disruption in the supply could adversely affect our business, particularly our profitability and our margins. Events that adversely affect our suppliers could impair our ability to obtain core ingredient inventories in the quantities that it desires. Such events include problems with Atkins’ suppliers’ businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import core ingredients, costs, production, insurance, reputation and weather conditions during growing, harvesting or shipping, including flood, drought, frost and earthquakes, as well as natural or man-made disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

Our financial performance depends in large part on our ability to purchase core ingredients in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We may not have continued supply, pricing or exclusive access to core ingredients from these sources. Any of our suppliers could discontinue or seek to alter their relationships with us. Additionally, we may be adversely affected if there is increased demand for the specific core ingredients we use in our products, there is a reduction in overall supply of required core ingredients, suppliers raise their prices, stop selling to us or our contract manufacturers or enter into arrangements that impair their abilities to provide us or our contract manufacturers with core ingredients or increases in the cost of packaging and distributing core ingredients.

We also rely on a limited number of contract manufacturers to manufacture our products. Currently, we have multiple contract manufacturers for ready-to-drink shakes and numerous contract manufacturers for nutrition bars. If any of these manufacturers experience adverse effects on their businesses or are unable to continue manufacturing our products at required levels, on a timely basis, or at all, we may be forced to seek other manufacturers to manufacture our products. In addition, our contract manufacturers independently contract for and obtain some of the core ingredients in our products. If contract manufactures are unable to obtain these core ingredients in the required amounts or at all, their ability to manufacture our products would be adversely affected. It could take a significant period of time to locate and qualify such alternative production sources. We may not be able to identify and qualify new manufacturers in a timely manner or that such manufacturers could allocate sufficient capacity in order to meet our requirements, which could adversely affect our ability to make timely deliveries of products. Furthermore, we may be unable to negotiate pricing or other terms with existing or new manufacturers as favorable as what we currently enjoy. There is also no guarantee a new manufacturing partner could accurately replicate the production process and taste profile of the existing products.

We are also subject to risks associated with protection of our trade secrets by our third party contract manufacturers. If our contract manufacturers fail to protect our trade secrets, either intentionally or unintentionally, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we experience significant increased demand for our products, or needs to replace an existing supplier or manufacturer, additional supplies of core ingredients or manufacturers to produce our products may not be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all, or that any supplier would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements, fill our orders in a timely manner or meet our strict quality standards. Even if our existing suppliers and manufacturers are able to expand their capacities to meet our needs or we are able to find new sources of core ingredients or new manufacturers to produce our products, we may encounter delays in production, inconsistencies in quality and added costs. We may not be able to pass increased costs onto the consumer immediately, if at all, which may decrease or eliminate our profitability in any period. Any manufacturing and/or supply disruptions or cost increases could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet consumer demand for our products and result in lower net sales and profitability both in the short and long term.

We rely, in part, on our third-party co-manufacturers to maintain the quality of our products. The failure or inability of these co-manufacturers to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in product recall, which could adversely affect our reputation and subject us to significant liability should the consumption of any of our products cause or be claimed to cause illness or physical harm.

We sell products for human consumption, which involves risks such as product contamination or spoilage, product tampering, other adulteration, mislabeling and misbranding. All of our products are manufactured by independent third-party contract manufacturers. We also licenses certain products that contain our brand and logo, but which are produced and distributed exclusively by third parties. In addition, we do not own our warehouse facility, but it is managed for us by a third party. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to, or may voluntarily, recall or withdraw products. For example, in 2016, as part of a larger national recall by several other food companies, we incurred losses, including recalled product as a result of potential contamination from an ingredient supplied to one of our third-party manufacturers at their manufacturing center. While the contamination did not result in any consumer illness, and we were indemnified for a substantial portion of our direct product loss, any future recall may be more costly.

A widespread recall or withdrawal of any of ours or Atkins’ licensed products may negatively and significantly impact its sales and profitability for a period of time and could result in significant losses depending on the costs of the recall, destruction of product inventory, reduction in product availability, and reaction of competitors and consumers. We may also be subject to claims or lawsuits, including class actions lawsuits (which could significantly increase any adverse settlements or rulings) or judgments, resulting in liability for actual or claimed injuries, illness or death. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Whether or not a product liability claim or lawsuit is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness or physical harm could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential consumers and our corporate and brand image. Moreover, claims or liabilities of this sort might not be covered by our insurance or by any rights of indemnity or contribution that we may have against others. We maintain product liability insurance in an amount that we believe to be adequate. However, we may incur claims or liabilities for which we are not insured or that exceed the amount of our insurance coverage. A product liability judgment against us or a product recall could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Ingredient and packaging costs are volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the profitability of our business.

We negotiate the prices for large quantities of core ingredients, such as soy, nuts, dairy and cocoa, as well as packaging materials. A number of these ingredients are manufactured and packaged in Canada. Costs of ingredients and packaging are volatile and can fluctuate due to conditions that are difficult to predict, including global competition for resources, fluctuations in currency and exchange rates, weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, consumer demand and changes in governmental trade and agricultural programs. Continued volatility in the prices of the core ingredients and other supplies we purchase could increase our cost of goods sold and reduce our profitability.

We do not use hedges or forward pricing for availability of any core ingredients. As such, any material upward movement in core ingredient pricing could negatively impact our margins if we are not able to pass these costs on to our consumers, or our sales if we are forced to increase our prices. If we are not successful in managing our ingredient and packaging costs, if we are unable to increase our prices to cover increased costs or if such price increases reduce our sales volumes, then such increases in costs will adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Certain of our core ingredient contracts have minimum volume commitments that could require purchases without matching revenues during weaker sales periods. Future core ingredient prices may be impacted by new laws or regulations, suppliers’ allocations to other purchasers, interruptions in production by suppliers, natural disasters, volatility in the price of crude oil and related petrochemical products and changes in exchange rates.

Our international operations expose us to regulatory, economic, political and social risks in the countries in which we operate.

The international nature of our operations involves a number of risks, including changes in U.S. and foreign regulations, tariffs, taxes and exchange controls, economic downturns, inflation and political and social instability in the countries in which we operate and our dependence on foreign personnel. Moreover, although our products in our foreign operations typically mirror those in the United States, consumers in countries outside the United States may have different tastes, preferences and nutritional approaches than U.S. consumers. In addition, our international business is small in comparison to our U.S. business, and as a result, our operations are more spread out and less consolidated which can limit our ability to effectively and timely react to adverse events. We cannot be certain that we will be able to enter and successfully compete in additional foreign markets or that we will be able to continue to compete in the foreign markets in which we currently operate.

Doing business outside the United States requires us to comply with the laws and regulations of the U.S. government and various foreign jurisdictions, which place restrictions on our operations, trade practices, partners and investment decisions. In particular, our operations are subject to U.S. and foreign anti-corruption and trade control laws and regulations, such as the FCPA or the Bribery Act, export controls and economic sanctions programs, including those administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, OFAC and the EU. As a result of doing business in foreign countries and with foreign partners, we are exposed to a heightened risk of violating anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations. The FCPA prohibits us from providing anything of value to foreign officials for the purposes of obtaining or retaining business or securing any improper business advantage. In addition, the Bribery Act extends beyond bribery of foreign public officials and also applies to transactions with private persons. The provisions of the Bribery Act are also more onerous than the FCPA in a number of other respects, including jurisdictional reach, non-exemption of facilitation payments and, potentially, penalties.

Our continued expansion outside the United States, including in developing countries, and our development of new partnerships and joint venture relationships worldwide, could increase the risk of FCPA, OFAC, Bribery Act or EU Sanctions violations in the future. Violations of anti-corruption and trade control laws and sanctions regulations are punishable by civil penalties, including fines, denial of export privileges, injunctions, asset seizures, debarment from government contracts and revocations or restrictions of licenses, as well as criminal fines and imprisonment.

Disruptions in the worldwide economy may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions may impact distributor, retailer and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns, making it more difficult to sell our premium products. During economic downturns, it may be more difficult to convince consumers to switch to or continue to use our brands or convince new users to choose our brands without expensive sampling programs and price promotions. In particular, consumers may reduce their purchases of products without GMOs, gluten, or preservatives when there are conventional offerings of similar products, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private-label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors and retailers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

Our international operations expose us to fluctuations in exchange rates, which may adversely affect our operating results.

We source large quantities of our core ingredients from foreign suppliers, and as a result, any material upward movement in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar will adversely affect our profitability. Furthermore, the substantial majority of our revenues are generated domestically, while a substantial portion of our third party manufacturing is completed in Canada. Any U.S. dollar weakness may therefore adversely affect revenues and cash flows while also increasing supply and manufacturing costs.

Our geographic focus makes it particularly vulnerable to economic and other events and trends in North America.

We operate mainly in North America and, therefore, is particularly susceptible to adverse regulations, economic climate, consumer trends, market fluctuations, including commodity price fluctuations or supply shortages of key ingredients, and other adverse events in North America, including the U.S. and Canada. The concentration of our businesses in North America could present challenges and may increase the likelihood that an adverse event in North America would materially and adversely affect product sales, financial condition and operating results.

Our business could be negatively impacted by changes in the U.S. political environment.

The recent presidential and congressional elections in the United States have resulted in significant uncertainty with respect to, and could result in changes in, legislation, regulation and government policy at the federal, state and local levels. Any such changes could significantly impact our business as well as the markets in which we compete. Specific legislative and regulatory proposals discussed during and after the 2016 U.S. elections that might materially impact us include, but are not limited to, changes to existing trade agreements, import and export regulations, tariffs, particularly with respect to tariffs on Canadian imports (where we source a large number of nutritional bars), and custom duties, healthcare delivery and spending, public company reporting requirements, environmental regulation and antitrust enforcement. The tax reform legislative draft pending as of November 2017 has the potential to materially impact the Company due to underlying proposed changes to income tax regulations, the federal tax code, and applicable corporate tax rates. To the extent changes in the political environment have a negative impact on us or on our markets, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation.

From time to time, we may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings. We evaluates these claims and litigation proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we may establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our current assessments and estimates.

There is an additional risk that these types of suits may lead to adverse publicity, consumer confusion, distrust and additional legal challenges for us. Should we become subject to related or additional unforeseen lawsuits, including claims related to our products or labeling or advertising, which may vary in accordance with state and federal rules and regulations, consumers may avoid purchasing our products or seek alternative products, even if the basis for the claims against us is unfounded. For example, state and federal rules and regulations vary with respect to certain labeling requirements.

Any consumer loss of confidence in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims would be difficult and costly to overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. For example, publications and other third-party commentary may vary in opinion with respect to calculations of net carbs and vary on approach to calculations of net carbs, which may lead to reports questioning the accuracy of our calculations and reporting the amount of net carbs contained in certain of our products. Uncertainty among consumers as to the nutritional content or the ingredients used in our products, regardless of the cause, may have a substantial and adverse effect on our brands and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights that are material to our business.

Our ability to compete effectively depends in part upon protection of our rights in trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, copyrights and other intellectual property and other proprietary rights that we own or license. Our use of contractual provisions, confidentiality procedures and agreements, and trademark, copyright, unfair competition, trade secret and other laws to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may be inadequate to effectively protect our intellectual property rights. We may not be able to preclude third parties from using our intellectual property rights with respect to food or beverage products, and may not be able to leverage our branding beyond our current product offerings. In addition, trademark or other intellectual property applications may not always be granted. Third parties may oppose our intellectual property applications, or otherwise challenge our use of trademarks or other intellectual property. Third parties may infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate our intellectual property, and changes in applicable laws could serve to lessen or remove the current legal protections available for intellectual property. Any legal action that we may bring to protect our brand and other intellectual property could be unsuccessful and expensive and could divert management’s attention from other business concerns. Any litigation or claims brought against us, for trademark infringement or related matters, even without merit, could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources. A successful claim of trademark, copyright or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violation against us could prevent us from providing our products or services, or could require us, if we are unable to license such third-party intellectual property on reasonable terms, to redesign or rebrand our products or product packaging. Certain of our intellectual property licenses have fixed terms, and even for those that do not, we cannot guarantee that all of our intellectual property licenses will remain in effect indefinitely. Termination of intellectual property licenses granted by or to us could result in the loss of profits generated pursuant to such licenses. Any of the foregoing results could harm our business, financial condition or results of our operations.

Any inadequacy, failure or interruption of our information technology systems may harm our ability to effectively operate our business, and our business is subject to online security risks, including security breaches and identity theft.

We are dependent on various information technology systems, and a failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business. Like many other companies, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, hackers, and other security issues. Despite safeguards that we have implemented that are designed to prevent unauthorized access to our information technology systems, we cannot be certain that our information technology systems are free from vulnerability to security breaches (especially as the sophistication of cyber-security threats continues to increase), or from vulnerability to inadvertent disclosures of sensitive data by third parties or by us.

Unauthorized users who penetrate our information security systems could misappropriate proprietary employee or consumer information or data. As a result, it may become necessary to expend additional amounts of capital and resources to protect against, or to alleviate, problems caused by unauthorized access, and such data security breaches could also result in lost profit due to reduced demand for our products. These expenditures, however, may not prove to be a timely remedy against breaches by unauthorized users who are able to penetrate our information security. In addition to purposeful security breaches, the inadvertent transmission of computer viruses could adversely affect our computer systems and, in turn, harm our business.

A significant number of states require that consumers be notified if a security breach results in the disclosure of their personal financial account or other information. Additional states and governmental entities are considering such “notice” laws. In addition, other public disclosure laws may require that material security breaches be reported. If we experience a security breach and such notice or public disclosure is required in the future, our reputation and our business may be harmed.

With the exception of limited information voluntarily submitted by users of our website, we typically do not collect or store consumer data or personal information. However, third-party providers, including our licensees, contract manufacturers, e-commerce contractors and third-party sellers may do so. The website operations of such third parties may be affected by reliance on other third-party hardware and software providers, technology changes, risks related to the failure of computer systems through which these website operations are conducted, telecommunications failures, data security breaches and similar disruptions. If we or our third-party providers fail to maintain or protect our respective information technology systems and data integrity effectively, fail to implement new systems and/or update or expand existing systems or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to systems involved in our operations, we could lose existing customers, have difficulty preventing, detecting, and controlling fraud, have disputes with customers, suppliers, distributors or others, and be subject to regulatory sanctions, including sanctions stemming from violations of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and as a result, have increases in operating expense.

If we do not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we could fail to report our financial results accurately.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports. In the future we may discover areas of our internal control over financial reporting that need improvement. Prior to the merger, we had not historically documented our internal controls, and if in the future we identify a control deficiency that rises to the level of a material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting, this material weakness may adversely affect our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information timely and accurately and, as a result, Atkins’ financial statements may contain material misstatements or omissions. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In addition, our internal financial and accounting team is leanly staffed, which can lead to inefficiencies with respect to segregation of duties. If we fail to properly and efficiently maintain an effective internal control over financial reporting, we could fail to report our financial results accurately.

If we are unable to implement appropriate systems, procedures and controls, we may not be able to successfully offer our products and grow our business and account for transactions in an appropriate and timely manner.

Our ability to successfully offer our products, grow our business and account for transactions in an appropriate and timely manner requires an effective planning and management process and certain other automated management and accounting systems. We currently do not have an integrated enterprise resource planning system and certain other automated management and accounting systems. We periodically update our operations and financial systems, procedures and controls; however; we still rely on manual processes and procedures that may not scale proportionately with our business growth. Our systems will continue to require automation, modifications and improvements to respond to current and future changes in our business. Failure to implement in a timely manner appropriate internal systems, procedures and controls could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Severe weather conditions and natural disasters such as fires, floods, droughts, hurricanes, earthquakes and tornadoes can affect crop supplies, manufacturing facilities and distribution activities, and negatively impact the operating results of our business.

Severe weather conditions and natural disasters, such as fires, floods, droughts, frosts, hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes, insect infestations and plant disease, may affect the supply of core ingredients on which we depend to make food products, or may curtail or prevent the manufacturing or distribution of food products by third parties. Competing manufacturers might be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters, depending on the location of their sources of supplies and manufacturing or distribution facilities. If supplies of core ingredients available to us are reduced, we may not be able to find enough supplemental supply sources on favorable terms, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because we rely on two co-manufacturers for a majority of our manufacturing needs and a single distribution warehouse, adverse weather conditions could impact the ability for those third-party operators to manufacture and store our products.

The seasonal nature of our business could cause operating results to fluctuate.

We have experienced and expect to continue to experience fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations due to the seasonal nature of our business. The months of January to May result in the greatest retail sales due to renewed consumer focus on healthy living following New Year’s Day, as well as significant customer merchandising around that time. This seasonality could cause our share price to fluctuate as the results of an interim financial period may not be indicative of our full year results. Seasonality also impacts relative revenue and profitability of each quarter of the year, both on a quarter-to-quarter and year-over-year basis.

Loss of our key executive officers or other personnel, or an inability to attract and retain such management and other personnel, could negatively impact our business.

Our future success depends to a significant degree on the skills, experience and efforts of our key executive officers. The loss of the services of any of these executives could adversely affect our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all. Additionally, we also depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel to operate and expand our business. If we fail to attract talented new employees, our business and results of operations could be negatively affected.

We have not been managed as a public company and our current resources may not be sufficient to fulfill our public company obligations.

As a result of the Business Combination, we are subject to various regulatory requirements, including those of the SEC and NASDAQ. These requirements include record keeping, financial reporting and corporate governance rules and regulations. While certain members of our management team have experience in managing a public company, we have not historically had the resources typically found in a public company. Our internal infrastructure may not be adequate to support our increased reporting obligations, and we may be unable to hire, train or retain necessary staff and may be reliant on engaging outside consultants or professionals to overcome our limited experience or employees which could adversely affect our business if our internal infrastructure is inadequate to fulfill our public company obligations.

We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance efforts.

We will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses as a result of being a public company. The Dodd-Frank Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as related rules implemented by the SEC, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. In addition, rules that the SEC is implementing or is required to implement pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to require additional change. We expect that compliance with these and other similar laws, rules and regulations, including compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, will substantially increase our expenses, including our legal and accounting costs, and make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect these laws, rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage, which may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as officers.

Our only significant asset is ownership of 100% of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and such ownership may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our common stock or satisfy our other financial obligations, including our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We have no direct operations and no significant assets other than the ownership of 100% of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. We will depend on NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. for distributions, loans and other payments to generate the funds necessary to meet our financial obligations, including our expenses as a publicly traded company, and to pay any dividends with respect to our common stock. Legal and contractual restrictions in agreements governing our debt arrangements and future indebtedness of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc., as well as the financial condition and operating requirements of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. The earnings from, or other available assets of, NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. may not be sufficient to pay dividends or make distributions or loans to enable us to pay any dividends on our common stock or satisfy our other financial obligations.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and ability to operate our company, and we may incur additional debt.

As a result of the Business Combination, we have approximately $200 million in outstanding indebtedness and a revolving credit facility of $75 million. Our debt level and the terms of our debt arrangements could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to successfully implement our growth strategies. In addition, under the credit facilities governing our indebtedness, we have granted the lenders a security interest in substantially all of our assets, including the assets of our subsidiaries and an affiliate.

Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by the other risk factors described herein. If we do not generate enough cash flow to pay our debt service obligations, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell our assets, borrow more money or raise equity. We may not be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us, or at all.

The credit facilities governing our debt arrangements contain financial and other covenants. The failure to comply with such covenants could have an adverse effect on us.

The credit facilities governing our debt arrangements contain certain financial and other covenants, For example, the revolving credit facility has a maximum total net leverage ratio equal to or less than 6.25:1.00 (with a reduction to 6:00:1.00 on and after the third anniversary of the closing date of the credit facilities) contingent on credit extensions in excess of 30% of the total amount of commitments available under the revolving credit facility, and limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur and/or undertake asset sales and other dispositions, liens, indebtedness, certain acquisitions, and investments, consolidations, mergers, reorganizations and other fundamental changes payment of dividends and other distributions to equity and warrant holders and prepayments of material subordinated debt, in each case, subject to customary exceptions materially consistent with credit facilities of such type and size. Any failure to comply with the restrictions of the credit facilities may result in an event of default. The credit facilities governing our debt arrangements bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow.

We may need additional capital in the future, and it may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

We have historically relied upon cash generated by our operations to fund our operations and strategy. We may also need to access the debt and equity capital markets. However, these sources of financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance, investor sentiment and our ability to incur additional debt in compliance with agreements governing our then-outstanding debt. These factors may make the timing, amount, terms or conditions of additional financings unattractive to us. If we are unable to generate sufficient funds from operations or raise additional capital, our growth could be impeded.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information included in this document may not be indicative of what our actual financial position or results of operations would have been.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information in this prospectus is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what our actual financial position or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination been completed on the dates indicated. See the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information” for more information.

A market for our securities may not continue, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may fluctuate significantly due to general market and economic conditions and an active trading market for our securities may not develop or be sustained. In addition, the price of our securities can vary due to general economic conditions and forecasts, our general business condition and the release of our financial reports. Additionally, if our securities are delisted from NASDAQ for any reason and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of our securities may be more limited than if we were listed on NASDAQ or another national securities exchange. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established or sustained.

There can be no assurance that that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of NASDAQ.

Our common stock and Warrants are listed on NASDAQ. If NASDAQ delists our common stock from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, we and our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our market, or our competitors. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the post-combination company, our stock price and trading volume would likely be negatively impacted. If any of the analysts who may cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on it, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of common stock. Approximately 27% of our common stock is restricted from resale pursuant to investor rights agreements entered into with certain of our stockholders (the “Investor Rights Agreements”) for 180 days from July 7, 2017, the date of the consummation of the Business Combination; these shares may be sold after the expiration of the lock-up. Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreements, no later than 180 days following the consummation of the Business Combination, we are required to file a shelf registration statement relating to the offer and sale of certain shares of common stock held by our affiliates. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of common stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. See the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Investor Rights Agreements” for additional information.

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities. These provisions include:

All of the shares of Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Stockholders for their respective amounts. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.

The Selling Stockholders will pay any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses incurred by such Selling Stockholders in disposing of the shares, and we will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the shares covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.

Our common stock and warrants have been traded on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SMPL” and “SMPL.W”, respectively, since the business day following the consummation of the Business Combination, July 10, 2017. Prior to this time, there was no public market for our common stock or warrants. The following table shows the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock and Warrants as reported on NASDAQ for the periods indicated:

On November 10, 2017, the closing prices of our common stock and warrants were $12.10 and $2.44, respectively. As of November 10, 2017 we had 32 holders of record of our common stock and two holders of record of our Warrants. These figures do not include the number of persons whose securities are held in nominee or “street” name accounts through brokers.

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. While our board of directors may consider whether or not to institute a dividend policy, it is our present intention to retain any earnings for use in our business operations.

The following table sets forth selected historical and other financial information derived from Simply Good Foods’ audited financial statements of the successor and predecessor periods ended August 26, 2017 and July 6, 2017, the audited financial statements for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the audited 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, the audited 52-week periods ending December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013, and the unaudited financial statements for the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012. You should read the following summary financial information in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Any reference in this section to “Atkins” refers to NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The following unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared from the perspective of Atkins and its fiscal year end of August 26, 2017. The unaudited pro forma combined income statement for the 52 weeks ended August 26, 2017 combines the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of Atkins for the 52 weeks ended August 26, 2017 with the unaudited historical statement of operations of Conyers Park for the year ended June 30, 2017, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred on August 28, 2016.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information gives effect to the Business Combination in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are related and/or directly attributable to the Business Combination, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the combined company. The adjustments presented on the unaudited pro forma combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the Business Combination.

This information should be read together with Atkins’ and Conyers Park’s financial statements and related notes, “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and other financial information included elsewhere in this registration statement.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different had the companies always been combined. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma combined financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved had the companies always been combined or the future results that the combined company will experience. Atkins and Conyers Park have not had any historical relationship prior to the Business Combination. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies.

Below are the pro forma financial information and related notes thereto which give effect to the Business Combination and related financing transactions.

The Merger Agreement provided for the business combination of Conyers Park and Atkins under Simply Good Foods. Conyers Park Parent Merger Sub, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Simply Good Foods merged with and into Conyers Park with Conyers Park surviving such merger, and (b) immediately after, Conyers Park Merger Sub 1, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Simply Good Foods merged with and into Atkins, with Atkins surviving such merger, as a result of which Conyers Park and Atkins became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Simply Good Foods.

The accompanying unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been prepared from the perspective of Atkins and its fiscal year end of August 26, 2017. The unaudited pro forma combined income statement for the 52 weeks ended August 26, 2017 combines the audited historical consolidated statement of operations of Atkins for the 52 weeks ended August 26, 2017 with the unaudited historical statement of operations of Conyers Park for the year ended June 30, 2017, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred on August 28, 2016.

Prior to the Business Combination, Conyers Park and Atkins had different fiscal year ends. Atkins’ year end is the last Saturday in August, or August 26, 2017, and Conyers Park’s year end was December 31, 2016. As the fiscal years differ by more than 93 days, financial information for Conyers Park for the year ended June 30, 2017 has been used in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma combined income statements for the 52 weeks ended August 26, 2017. The unaudited pro forma combined income statement for Conyers Park for the year ended June 30, 2017 was prepared by subtracting the unaudited period from April 20, 2016 (inception) through June 30, 2016 as filed on Form 10-Q from the audited period from April 20, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016 as filed on Form 10-K and adding the unaudited six months ended June 30, 2017.

Restructuring costs of $167 were historically recorded as of the 52 weeks ended August 26, 2017. A material historical restructuring cost should not be removed as a pro forma adjustment as it is not attributable to the acquisition; however, those costs should be disclosed as a note to the pro forma financials.

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, Atkins anticipates incurring incremental general and administrative expenses of approximately $2,000 per year as a result of being a public company, including costs associated with annual and quarterly reporting, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NASDAQ, independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relations expenses, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and officer liability insurance expenses, compensation for independent directors, and other administrative costs. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not reflect this incremental general and administrative expense.

The pro forma combined financial statements do not necessarily reflect what the combined company’s financial condition or results of operations would have been had the acquisition occurred on the dates indicated. They also may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the combined company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.

The Business Combination has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values, as determined in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, as of the effective date of the Business Combination. Consistent with the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Atkins have been recorded at their respective fair values and added to those of Conyers Park. ASC 805 establishes a measurement period to provide the Company with a reasonable amount of time to obtain the information necessary to identify and measure various items in a business combination and cannot extend beyond one year from the acquisition date.

The following summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of the Business Combination, pending finalization per the terms of the Merger Agreement. As discussed in more detail within the Notes to the Financial Statements, the Company has recorded a preliminary allocation of the purchase price to Predecessor’s tangible and identified intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values as of the closing date. The purchase price allocation is preliminary, may change, and will be completed prior to the measurement period prescribed by ASC 805. The preliminary July 7, 2017 fair value is as follows (in thousands):

Atkins debt was not assumed or repaid by Conyers Park as part of the Business Combination. Atkins debt was repaid in connection with the Business Combination and has therefore been excluded from the determination of the fair value of liabilities assumed. Certain executive officers of Atkins are entitled to benefits upon a change of control. Such payments are the obligation of the Selling Equityholders.

At the closing of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement with the Stockholders’ Representative (on behalf of the Selling Equityholders). The Tax Receivable Agreement will be treated as contingent consideration for accounting purposes and included as part of the consideration transferred in the Business Combination. The Tax Receivable Agreement obligation will be recorded at its acquisition-date fair value and classified as a liability. The Tax Receivable Agreement generally provides for the payment by Simply Good Foods to the Selling Equityholders for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Simply Good Foods, Conyers Park, Atkins and Atkins’ eligible subsidiaries from the use of up to $100 million of the following tax attributes: (i) net operating losses available to be carried forward as of the closing of the Business Combination; (ii) certain deductions generated by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; and (iii) remaining depreciable tax basis from the 2003 acquisition of Atkins Nutritionals, Inc. As of August 26, 2017, the estimated fair value of these contingent payments is $25,675 which has been recorded as a liability and represents 100% of the value of the recorded tax attributes. Subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability will be recognized in earnings.

The final amounts allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Business Combination could differ materially from the preliminary amounts presented in these unaudited pro forma financial statements. A decrease in the fair value of assets acquired or an increase in the fair value of liabilities assumed in the Business Combination from those valuations presented in these unaudited pro forma financial statements would result in a corresponding increase in the amount of goodwill that will result from the Business Combination. In addition, if the value of the acquired assets is higher than indicated, it may result in higher amortization and depreciation expense than is presented in these unaudited pro forma financial statements.

NOTE 3 — RECONCILIATION OF CONYERS PARK’S UNAUDITED HISTORICAL STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

A reconciliation of Conyers Park’s unaudited historical statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2017 is as follows:

Adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma financial statements are as follows:

In connection with the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods entered into a term loan facility of $200.0 million that matures in seven years and accrues interest at LIBOR plus 4.0% and a revolving credit facility agreement that provides for a $75.0 million facility that matures in five years and accrues interest at LIBOR plus 3.0%.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our audited and unaudited financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the information presented in “Selected Historical Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements, such as statements regarding our expectation for future performance, liquidity and capital resources, that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause such differences include those identified below and those described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Information.” We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

We are a developer, marketer and seller of branded nutritional foods and snacking products. Our highly-focused product portfolio consists primarily of nutrition bars, RTD shakes, snacks and confectionery products marketed under the Atkins^®, SimplyProtein^®, Atkins Harvest Trail, Atkins Endulge^® and Atkins Lift brand names. Over the past 45 years, we have become an iconic American brand that for many consumers stands for “low carb,” “low sugar” and “protein rich” nutrition. In our core snacking business, we strive to offer a complete line of nutrition bars, RTD shakes and confections that satisfy hunger while providing consumers with a convenient, “better-for-you” snacking alternative. In addition to snacking products, we have entered into a license arrangement for frozen meals sold in the U.S. by Bellisio Foods, Inc.

We are a leading brand in nutritional snacking with a broad and growing consumer base. Our sales, marketing and R&D capabilities enable us to distribute products into a national customer base across the mass merchandiser, grocery and drug channels. We believe that our broad brand recognition, depth of management talent and strong cash generation position us to continue to innovate in the Atkins brand and acquire other brands, and thereby become an industry leading snacking platform. To that end, in December 2016, Atkins completed the acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., a Canada-based developer, marketer and seller of the SimplyProtein^®brand that is focused on protein-rich and low-sugar products, which we believe has significant opportunity for expansion in the U.S.

Our results of operations for the periods presented in this section were affected by the following:

The Simply Good Foods Company, was formed on March 30, 2017 to consummate a business combination with Atkins and Conyers Park. Conyers Park, a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”), was formed on April 20, 2016 for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

On April 10, 2017, Conyers Park and Atkins entered into a definitive agreement (the “Merger Agreement”). Under the terms of the agreement, Conyers Park and Atkins combined under a new holding company, Simply Good Foods, which is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SMPL” as of closing of the Business Combination.

On July 7, 2017, Simply Good Foods completed the business combination (the “Business Combination”) with Conyers Park and Atkins. As a result Simply Good Foods owns all of the equity in Atkins.

As a result of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods is the acquirer for accounting purposes and the successor while Atkins is the acquiree and accounting predecessor. Our financial statement presentation includes the financial statements of Atkins as “Predecessor” for periods prior to the Closing Date and of Simply Good Foods for periods after the Closing Date, including the consolidation of Atkins. For convenience, we have also included in this section supplemental pro forma combined information for 2017 and pro forma information for 2016 that gives effect to the Business Combination as if such transaction had been consummated on August 30, 2015.

On September 1, 2016, the agreement with Bellisio Foods to license Atkins’ frozen meals resulting in royalty income became effective. This income is reported within net sales in 2017 whereas the frozen sales and related profitability was included in net sales through operating income in all prior periods. For a further discussion of this agreement, see Note 17 Significant Agreement, in the notes to the Financial Statements.

Effective August 29, 2015, Atkins changed its fiscal year end from the last Saturday in December to the last Saturday in August. The intent of the change was to better align the reporting of Atkins’ financial results with the consumer spending patterns on our business and the seasonality of the business. This change has also allowed us to better synchronize our management processes and business cycles with our customers.

Our business is organized around one reportable segment based on its go-to-market strategies, the objectives of the business and how Atkins’ chief decision maker, its CEO, monitors operating performance and allocates resources.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, we are not required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our systems of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (4) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until we no longer meet the requirements of being an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of Conyers Park’s initial public offering, which was July 20, 2016, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

In assessing the performance of its business, we consider a number of key performance indicators used by management and typically used by its competitors, including the non-GAAP measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. Because not all companies use identical calculations, this presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

Adjusted EBITDA. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization with further adjustments to exclude the following items: stock-based compensation and warrant expense, transaction costs and IPO readiness, restructuring costs, management fees, transactional exchange impact and other one-time expenses. We believe that the inclusion of these supplementary adjustments in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors and reflects more accurately operating results of the on-going operations. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to differences in calculation.

The unaudited tables below provides a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, which is net income (loss), for the periods ending August 26, 2017 (Successor), July 6, 2017 (Predecessor), and fiscal years ending August 27, 2016, August 29, 2015, December 27, 2014, and December 28, 2013.

We define EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization), a non-GAAP financial measure, as net income (loss) before interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization, and Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA, with further adjustments to exclude the following items: stock-based compensation and warrant expense, transaction costs and IPO readiness, restructuring costs, management fees, transactional exchange impact and other one-time expenses. We believe that the inclusion of these supplementary adjustments in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors and reflects more accurately operating results of the ongoing operations. Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to differences in calculation.

Net sales. Net sales consists primarily of product sales to our customers less cost of promotional activities, slotting fees and other sales credits and adjustments, including product returns. However, beginning in the first quarter of the year ended August 26, 2017, in connection with the licensing of our frozen business noted above, we now include licensing revenue from the frozen meals business in net sales.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold consists primarily of the costs we pay to our contract manufacturing partners to produce the products sold. These costs include the purchase of raw ingredients, packaging and a tolling charge for the contract manufacturer. Cost of products sold includes products provided at no charge as part of promotions and the non-food materials provided with customer orders.

Operating expenses. Operating expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and distribution expenses, general and administrative expenses, depreciation and amortization and other expenses. The following is a brief description of the components of our operating expenses:

Comparison of Results for the Successor Period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and the Predecessor Period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, selected information from our consolidated financial results, including information presented as a percentage of net sales (in thousands):

Net sales. Net sales for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 were $56.3 million compared to $339.8 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. There was no impact to net sales as a result of the business combination.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 were $35.9 million compared to $180.0 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. As a result of the business combination, there was a one-time inventory fair value step-up of $6.0 million that was charged to cost of goods sold in the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017.

Gross profit. Gross profit for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, including the effect of the one-time inventory fair value step-up, were $20.4 million, or 36.2% of net sales, compared to the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, gross profit was $159.8 million, or 47.0% of net sales.

Operating expenses. Operating expenses for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 were $18.5 million or 32.9% of net sales compared to $136.1 million or 40.1% of net sales the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017.

Interest expense. Interest expense for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 was $1.7 million or 3.0% or net sales compared to $22.7 million or 6.7% of net sales for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. The lower interest expense in the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 is the result of the reduced principal balance of the debt as well as a reduction in the rate of interest being incurred on the debt.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 were $0.3 million compared to $4.6 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. Higher taxes in the predecessor period relate to the impacts of the nondeductible business combination transaction costs.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA decreased $55.2 million or 86.5% for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 compared to the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA”.

The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the fiscal year ended August 26, 2017 presents our consolidated results of operations giving pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred as of August 28, 2016. The pro forma combined adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma combined basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of our Predecessor and Successor entities, as applicable.

The Business Combination is accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values, as determined in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, as of the Business Combination date. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed will be recorded at the effective time of the Business Combination at their respective fair values. ASC 805 establishes a measurement period to provide the Company with a reasonable amount of time to obtain the information necessary to identify and measure various items in a business combination and cannot extend beyond one year from the acquisition date.

The initial estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the Closing Date, which are based on the consideration paid and our estimates and assumptions, are reflected herein. As explained in more detail in Note 3. Business Combinations in the Consolidated Financial Statements, the total purchase price to acquire Atkins has been allocated to the assets acquired and assumed liabilities, based upon preliminary estimated fair values at the Closing Date. We utilized third-party valuation specialists to assist our management in determining the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed. We have not finalized our assessment of the purchase consideration and estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of August 26, 2017.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information contains a variety of adjustments, assumptions and estimates, is subject to numerous other uncertainties and the assumptions and adjustments as described in the accompanying notes hereto and should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations had the Business Combination occurred on August 28, 2016. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information also does not project our results of operations for any future period or date. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information for the 52-weeks ended August 26, 2017 includes results of the Successor and Predecessor entities. The pro forma combined adjustments give effect to the items identified in the pro forma combined table below in connection with the Business Combination.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared from the perspective of Atkins and its fiscal year end of August 27, 2016. The unaudited pro forma income statement for the 52-weeks ended August 27, 2016 presents the historical consolidated statement of operations of Atkins for the 52-weeks ended August 27, 2016, giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred on August 30, 2015.

The unaudited pro forma financial statements give effect to the Business Combination in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are related and/or directly attributable to the Business Combination, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on the results of the combined company. The adjustments presented on the unaudited pro forma financial statements have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an accurate understanding of the combined company upon consummation of the Business Combination.

The unaudited pro forma financial statements also reflect the impact of the Atkins license arrangement for frozen meals sold in the U.S. by Bellisio. This agreement was effective September 1, 2016 and is a seven-year license with Bellisio to license its frozen meals business. Bellisio manufactures, distributes, markets, promotes and sells Atkins frozen food products under the Atkins licensed mark. The effects of the license agreement are presented in the “Frozen License Adjustments” and “Atkins’ Pro Forma” columns in the unaudited historical consolidated statement of operations for the 52-weeks ended August 27, 2016.

The unaudited pro forma financial information is for illustrative purposes only. The financial results may have been different if the Business Combination actually been completed sooner. You should not rely on the unaudited pro forma financial information as being indicative of the historical results that would have been achieved if the Business Combination been completed as of August 30, 2015.

Comparison of Results for the Supplemental Pro forma combined 52-Week Period Ended August 26, 2017 and the Supplemental Pro forma 52-Week Period Ended August 27, 2016

For comparative purposes, we are presenting a supplemental unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the 52-week period ended August 26, 2017, and we discuss such pro forma combined results compared to the supplemental unaudited pro forma statement of operations for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, selected information from our consolidated financial results, including information presented as a percentage of net sales (in thousands):

Net sales. Net sales increased $27.1 million, or 7.4%, for the pro forma combined 52-weeks ended August 26, 2017 compared to the pro forma 52-weeks ended August 27, 2016. The increase in net sales was driven primarily by growth of $20.0 million in Atkins core business and the December 2016 addition of Wellness Foods of $7.1 million. The growth in the core business net sales was primarily driven by increased demand, growing volume $17.4 million, and improved returns of $2.6 million. The improvement to returns was principally due to the 2016 recall expense which decreased 2016 Net Sales. The recall was subsequently reimbursed in 2017.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold increased $10.5 million, or 5.2%, for the pro forma combined 52-weeks ended August 26, 2017 compared to the pro forma 52-weeks ended August 27, 2016. The increase was primarily due to volume growth of $6.9 million and the Wellness Foods acquisition of $3.6 million.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased $16.7 million, or 9.8%, for the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 compared to the pro forma 52-week period ended August 27, 2016. Gross margin of 47.0% for the pro forma combined 52- weeks ended August 26, 2017 improved 110 bps from 45.9% for the pro forma 52-weeks ended August 27, 2016 due to the favorable recall expense, cost saving initiatives and favorable mix.

Operating expenses. Operating expenses increased $5.8 million, or 4.8%, for the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 compared to the pro forma 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 due to the following:

Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions Loss on foreign currency transactions increased $1.3 million for the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 compared to the pro forma 53-week period ended August 27, 2016.

Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax expense increased $4.9 million, from the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 compared to the pro forma 52-week period ended August 27, 2016. The difference is due higher income before operations in 2017 compared to 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA. Pro forma adjusted EBITDA increased $8.3 million, or 12.9%, for the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 (unaudited) compared to the pro forma 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (unaudited). The increase was driven by the increase in gross profit.

Comparison of Results for the 52-Week Period Ended August 27, 2016 and the 53-Week Period Ended August 29, 2015

The following table sets forth information comparing the components of net income for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) and the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). Effective August 29, 2015, Atkins changed its fiscal year end from the last Saturday in December to the last Saturday in August. The intent of the change was to better align the reporting of Atkins’ financial results with the consumer spending patterns on its business and the seasonality of the business. This change has also allowed Atkins to better synchronize its management processes and business cycles with its consumers. For comparative purposes, we are presenting a supplemental unaudited statement of operations for the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015.

Net sales. Net sales increased $8.7 million, or 2%, for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The increase in net sales was driven primarily by growth in Atkins’ U.S. snacking products, which were up $12.5 million, partially offset by declines in frozen meals of $2.2 million and an unfavorable currency impact of $2.1 million. The increase in U.S. snacking products of $12.5 million was due to a volume increase of $7.7 million driven by an increase in demand and positive price/mix of $7.7 million, partially offset by an increase in returns of $2.9 million. The pricing and mix increase can be primarily attributed to the annualized impact of Atkins’ price increase on U.S. snacking products in December 2014 of approximately $2.5 million as well as improved product mix largely due to the addition of the Atkins Lift line to the portfolio at a higher price point. The increase in returns was principally due to the one-time impact of an ingredient recall on some of Atkins’ products in June of 2016. Atkins recognized a loss for this of approximately $2 million and successfully pursued collection of this from its supplier in 2017.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold increased $2.4 million, or 1%, from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The increase in cost of goods sold was driven primarily by the net sales increase noted above totaling approximately $5 million partially offset by cost savings and improved product mix of approximately $3 million.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased $6.3 million, or 4%, from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The increase in gross profit was driven primarily by the net sales increase noted above (approximately $4 million), the annualized impact of Atkins’ price increase from snacking products in December 2014 of approximately $2.5 million as well as favorable cost savings and product mix of approximately $3 million partially offset by the increase in returns and allowances of $3 million, principally due to the one-time cost of the recall, and product mix.

Operating expenses. Operating expenses increased $4.1 million, or 3%, from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited) due to the following:

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $0.6 million, or 2.0%, from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The decrease in interest expense was driven primarily by reduced levels of debt.

Other income (expense). Other expense increased $0.5 million from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited) due to an increase in warrant liabilities of $1.8 million partially offset by more favorable currency transaction expense of $1.3 million.

Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax expense increased $1.3 million, for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The increase in the income tax expense was primarily driven by the increase in pretax income of $2.3 million in the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, combined with a one-time tax benefit of $0.9 million and remaining net benefit of $0.4 million for all other items affecting income tax, both of which reduced tax expense in 32-week period ended August 29, 2015. The one-time tax benefit relates to a reduction in the federal income tax rate used to record income taxes from 35% to 34% during 53-week period ended August 29, 2015.

Net income. Net income increased $1.0 million, or 11%, from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The increase in net income was driven primarily by improved income from operations largely due to improved gross profit partially offset by higher operating expenses and increased income taxes.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased $4.9 million, or 8%, from the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (unaudited) compared to the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The increase was driven primarily by improved income from operations largely due to improved gross profit partially offset by higher operating expenses. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA is improved by the exclusion of the loss from the ingredient recall and frozen meals restructuring charges that are onetime items in EBITDA. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “—Key Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Comparison of Results for the 35-Week Period Ended August 29, 2015 and December 27, 2014

The following table sets forth information comparing the components of net income for the 35-week periods ended August 29, 2015 (audited) and December 27, 2014 (unaudited). Effective August 29, 2015, Atkins changed its fiscal year end from the last Saturday in December to the last Saturday in August. The intent of the change was to better align the reporting of Atkins’ financial results with the consumer spending patterns on its business and the seasonality of the business. This change has also allowed Atkins to better synchronize its management processes and business cycles with its consumers. For comparative purposes, we are presenting a supplemental unaudited statement of operations for the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014.

Net sales. Net sales decreased $7.5 million, or 3%, for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited). The decrease in net sales was driven primarily by decreases to the U.S. snacking business of $7.9 million and an unfavorable currency impact of $3.5 million partially offset by an increase in frozen meals of $2.0 million and an increase in our international business in constant dollars of $1.9 million. The decrease in the U.S. snacking business was due to a volume decrease of $12.7 million partially offset by positive pricing and mix changes of $4.8 million. The volume decline was largely driven by a decline in retail inventory levels primarily due to our warehouse shutdown the last week in August 2015 to conduct a physical inventory in connection with the shift in year end from December to August in the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015. This resulted in a delay in timing of shipment to customers and reduced retail inventory levels. The pricing and mix increase can be primarily attributed to the price increase from snacking products in December of 2014.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold decreased $3.7 million, or 2%, for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited). The decrease in cost of goods sold was driven primarily by the net sales decrease noted above.

Gross profit. Gross profit decreased $3.8 million, or 4%, for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited). The decrease in gross profit was driven primarily by the net sales decrease noted above (approximately $2.5 million) and negative product price/mix of approximately $0.5 million.

Operating expenses. Operating expenses increased $0.5 million, or 1%, for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited) due to the following:

Interest expense. Interest expense was relatively unchanged from the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited) as debt levels were relatively constant.

Other income (expense). Other income increased $1.7 million for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited) due to a decrease in warrant liabilities of $2.6 million partially offset by unfavorable currency transaction expense of $0.8 million.

Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax benefit increased $1.8 million, for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited). The increase in the income tax benefit was primarily driven by the increase in pretax loss of $2.6 million; the increase in non-temporary differences $0.9 million; and a onetime tax benefit of $0.9 million. The one-time tax benefit relates to a reduction in the federal income tax rate used to record income taxes from 35% to 34% during the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015. These tax credits are offset by the change in tax expenses of valuation allowance of $0.3 million; state income tax adjustment of $0.2 million and all other changes affecting income tax of $0.4 million.

Net income (loss). Net loss increased $0.8 million, or 18%, for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited). The decrease in profitability was driven primarily by the decline in gross profit and increase in operating expenses partially offset by a decrease in other expense and an increase in income tax benefits.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA decreased $6.1 million, or 27%, for the 35-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited) compared to the 35-week period ended August 30, 2014 (unaudited). The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA was driven primarily by the decline in gross profit and increase in operating expenses. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “—Key Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Comparison of Results for the 52-Week Period Ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013

The following table sets forth information comparing the components of net income for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 and December 28, 2013.

Net sales. Net sales increased $36 million, or 9%, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited). The increase in net sales was driven primarily by growth in the U.S. snacking business of $21.2 million, an increase in the frozen meals business of $12.3 million and growth in international of $2.4 million. The impact of currency between periods was negligible. The growth in the U.S. snacking business is volume growth of approximately $25.6 million, partially offset by pricing and mix changes of approximately $4.4 million. Volume growth was largely due to an increase in consumer demand, while the pricing and mix decrease can be primarily attributed to the expansion of products into certain lower price point products. The frozen meals increase can be attributed to the significant increase in consumers and retail distribution in the second year of launch.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold increased $28.7 million, or 13%, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited). The increase in cost of goods sold was driven primarily by the net sales increase noted above (approximately $20 million) and negative product mix due to the increase in higher-cost frozen meals as a percentage of the portfolio.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased $7.2 million, or 4%, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited). The increase in gross profit was driven primarily by the net sales increase noted above (approximately $9 million) partially offset by negative product mix principally due to the increase in lower margin frozen meals.

Operating expenses. Operating expenses increased $1.0 million, or 1%, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited) due to the following:

Interest expense. Interest expense decreased $7.6 million, or 21%, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited). The decrease in interest expense was driven primarily by the write off of all remaining deferred financing fees in 2013 in connection with the refinancing.

Other income (expense). Other expense decreased $0.7 million for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited) due to an decrease in warrant liabilities of $3.4 million partially offset by unfavorable currency transaction expense of $2.4 million.

Income tax expense (benefit). Income tax expense increased $3.8 million, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (audited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (audited). The increase in the income tax expense was primarily driven by the increase in pretax income $14.5 million and an increase in state income tax $0.4 million; offset by tax credits on non-temporary differences $1.2 million; and a valuation allowance $0.5 million.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA increased $5.3 million, or 8%, for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 (unaudited) compared to the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (unaudited). The increase was driven by the increase in gross profit partially offset by increased operating expenses to support the new frozen meals. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable GAAP measure, see “—Key Performance Indicators—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Overview. We have historically funded our operations with cash flows from operations and, when needed, with borrowings under our credit facility. Our principal uses for liquidity have been debt service and working capital. We believe our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to finance our continued operations, growth strategy and additional expenses we expect to incur as a public company for at least the next twelve months.

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, we are obligated to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”). Although the actual timing and amount of any payments that may be made under the TRA will vary, the payments that we will be required to make could be significant. Any payments made by us under the TRA will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us and, to the extent that we are unable to make payments under the TRA for any reason, the unpaid amounts generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid by us.

On July 7, 2017, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Barclays Bank PLC and other parties. The Credit Agreement provides for a term facility of $200.0 million (“Term Facility”) with a seven year maturity, and a revolving loan of up to $75.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a five year maturity, in each case under the new first lien senior secured loan facilities (the “New Credit Facilities”). Substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination, the full $200.0 million of the first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”) were drawn, and no revolving loans were drawn. The interest rate per annum is based on either (i) a base rate equaling the higher of (a) the “prime rate”, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurocurrency rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% plus (x) 3.00% margin for Term Loan or (y) 2.00% margin for Revolving Credit Facility, or (ii) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus (x) 4.00% margin for Term Loan and is subject to a floor of 1.00% or (y) 3.00% margin for Revolving Credit Facility. The applicable margin for Revolving Credit Facility will be adjusted after the completion of the Company’s first full fiscal quarter after the closing of the Business Combination based upon the Company’s consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. As security for the payment or performance of its debt, the Company has pledged certain equity interests in its subsidiaries.

The New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory prepayments based on contractual terms. With respect to the Term Loan, prior to the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date as of July 7, 2017, a 1.00% prepayment premium is payable by the Company in connection with certain repricing events. The Company may also voluntarily prepay outstanding loans at any time.

The credit facilities governing our debt arrangements contain certain financial and other covenants. The revolving credit facility has a maximum total net leverage ratio equal to or less than 6.25:1.00 (with a reduction to 6.00:1.00 on and after the third anniversary of the closing date of the credit facilities) contingent on credit extensions in excess of 30% of the total amount of commitments available under the revolving credit facility, and limitations on our ability to, among other things, incur and/or undertake asset sales and other dispositions, liens, indebtedness, certain acquisitions, and investments, consolidations, mergers, reorganizations and other fundamental changes payment of dividends and other distributions to equity and warrant holders and prepayments of material subordinated debt, in each case, subject to customary exceptions materially consistent with credit facilities of such type and size. Any failure to comply with the restrictions of the credit facilities may result in an event of default. The credit facilities governing our debt arrangements bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. As the Company has not drawn on the revolving credit facility as of August 26, 2017, no debt covenants were applicable as of the period then ended.

The following table shows summary cash flows information for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 (audited), the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2016 (audited), and the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited), the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited), the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) and August 30, 2014 (unaudited) and the 52-week periods ended December 27, 2014 (audited) and December 28, 2013 (audited).

Comparison of Results for the Successor Period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and the Predecessor Period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017.

Operating activities. Our net cash used in operating activities was $27.4 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, a decrease of $49.3 million, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $21.9 million for the predecessor period ending July 6, 2017. This decrease of $49.3 million was due primarily to the payment of transaction related expenses in the successor period offset by higher net income of approximately $2.9 million. The Company has $56.5 million in cash and cash equivalents as of August 26, 2017 which is sufficient to satisfy current liabilities, current maturities of long term debt, and the interest payments associated with them.

Investing activities. Our net cash used in investing activities was $197.3 million for the successor period ended August 26, 2017, which was an increase in cash used of $176.8 million compared to net cash used in investing activities of $20.5 million for the predecessor period. The large increase was due to the net exchange of cash in the Business Combination in the successor period of $196.8 million compared to the purchase of Wellness Foods for approximately $20.0 million (net of cash acquired) in December 2016 (Predecessor period).

Financing activities. Our net cash provided by financing activities was $280.8 million for the successor period ended August 26, 2017, an increase of cash provided of $334.3 million, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $53.5 million for the predecessor period. This increase in cash provided was due to the proceeds from the issuance of long term debt of $191.9 million and proceeds from the issuance of equity of $97.0 million in the successor period related to the Business Combination.

Comparison of Results for the 52-Week Period Ended August 27, 2016 (audited) and the 53-Week Period Ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited)

Operating activities. Our net cash provided by operating activities was $29.0 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to $37.8 million for the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). This decrease of $8.8 million was due primarily to an unfavorable change in operating assets and liabilities as well as a slightly lower net income. The unfavorable change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by an increase in receivables partially offset by a reduction of inventory. Both of these were due to timing of sales in the month of August 2015 in connection with Atkins’ change in fiscal year end.

Investing activities. Our net cash used by investing activities was $0.8 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to $1.7 million for the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). All uses related to capital expenditures for the business, which average approximately $1.0 million per year, principally for research and development equipment, IT and website investments.

Financing activities. Our net cash used by financing activities was $6.7 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016 (audited) compared to $1.9 million for the 53-week period ended August 29, 2015 (unaudited). The change was driven by an increase in payments of debt in 2016.

Comparison of Results for the 35-Week Period Ended August 29, 2015 (audited) and August 30, 2014 (unaudited)

Operating activities. Our net cash provided by operating activities was $20.4 million for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to $6.4 million for the 35-week period ended August 30, 2014 (unaudited). This increase of $14.0 million was due primarily to a decrease in our net loss as well as a favorable change in operating assets and liabilities. The favorable change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by lower accounts payable and accrued expenses due to timing of disbursements, as well as a decrease in receivables partially offset by a reduction of inventory. The changes in receivables and inventory were due to timing of sales in the month of August 2015 in connection with the change in fiscal year end.

Investing activities. Our net cash used by investing activities was $1.0 for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to $0.2 million for the 35-week period ended August 30, 2014 (unaudited). All uses related to capital expenditures for the business, which average approximately $1 million per year, principally for research and development equipment, IT and website investments.

Financing activities. Our net cash used by financing activities was $2.2 million for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015 (audited) compared to $5.1 million for the 35-week period ended August 30, 2014 (unaudited). The change was driven by a change in paydown of debt.

Comparison of Results for the 52-Week Period Ended December 27, 2014 (audited) and December 28, 2013 (audited)

Operating activities. Our net cash provided by operating activities was $23.5 million for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 compared to $21.9 million in the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013. This $1.5 million increase was due primarily to higher net income partially offset by an unfavorable change in operating assets and liabilities and the one-time write off of extinguished deferred financing fees in 2013. The unfavorable change in operating assets and liabilities was driven by a reduction in accrued interest due to the refinancing and greater accounts payable and accrued expenses due to timing of disbursements, partially offset by lower growth in receivables due to timing of sales.

Investing activities. Our net cash used in investing activities was $0.9 million for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 compared to $1.2 million in the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013. All uses here relate to capital expenditures for the business, which average approximately $1.0 million per year, principally for research and development equipment, IT and website investments.

Financing activities. Our net cash used in financing activities was $4.9 million for the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 compared to a $1.7 million use in the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013. This increase in uses was due primarily to the paydown of debt in the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 compared to the refinancing of the debt and partial distribution to shareholders in the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013.

Debt and credit facilities. On April 3, 2013, we entered into a First Lien Credit Agreement, or First Lien, and a Second Lien Credit Agreement, or Second Lien, with Credit Suisse. The First Lien consists of a $20 million revolving line of credit and a $275 million term loan. The First Lien revolving line of credit bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 1.27%, plus 5.0%, and matures on April 3, 2018. The First Lien requires quarterly principal and interests payments, bears interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 1.27%, plus 5.0%, and matures on January 2, 2019. The First Lien also provides for an excess cash flow prepayment based on a contractual formula, payable within 120 days of the end of each fiscal year. The Second Lien consists of a $100 million term loan that requires annual interest payments, bears interest a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 1.27%, plus 8.5%, and matures on April 3, 2019.

Under the First Lien and Second Lien, we have granted the lenders a security interest in substantially all of our assets, including the assets of our subsidiaries and an affiliate. In addition, the First Lien and Second Lien contain various restrictions, including restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to equity and warrant holders, the incurrence of debt and the provision of liens and provide for the maintenance of certain financial ratios, including a maximum net leverage ratio ranging from 4.50:1:00 to 7:00:1:00. As of August 26, 2017, we were in compliance with these covenants.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, we entered into a new Credit Agreement (the “New Credit Agreement”) with Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, providing for (i) term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000 (the “Term Loan”) and (ii) a revolving loan of up to $75,000,000 (including revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit) (the “Revolving Loan”). At our election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the loans under the New Credit Agreement will be based on a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (a) the “prime rate,” (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurocurrency rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin equal to (x) 3.00%, in the case of the Term Loans, or (y) 2.00%, in the case of the Revolving Loan or (ii) a Eurocurrency rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin equal to (x) 4.00%, in the case of the Term Loan, or (y) 3.00%, in the case of the Revolving Loan. Borrowings under the Term Loan will be subject to a floor of 1.00% in the case of Eurocurrency loans. The applicable margin for loans under the Revolving Loan will be adjusted after the completion of our first full fiscal quarter after the closing of the Business Combination based upon our consolidated first lien net leverage ratio.

The New Credit Agreement contains a number of customary affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things, limits our ability to: incur additional indebtedness (including guaranty obligations); incur liens; engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions; sell assets; pay dividends and make other payments in respect of capital stock; make acquisitions, investments, loans and advances; pay and modify the terms of certain indebtedness; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; enter into negative pledge clauses and clauses restricting subsidiary distributions; and change our line of business, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

In connection with the New Credit Agreement, we entered into a collateral agreement in favor of the administrative agent. Pursuant to the agreement, amounts borrowed under the New Credit Agreement are secured on a first priority basis by a perfected security interest in substantially all of our tangible and intangible assets (subject to certain exceptions), including U.S. registered intellectual property and all of the capital stock of our direct and indirect wholly-owned restricted subsidiaries (limited, in the case of foreign subsidiaries, to 65% of the capital stock of first tier foreign subsidiaries).

We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our retail sales as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, the months of January to May result in the greatest retail sales due to renewed consumer focus on healthy living following New Year’s Day, as well as significant customer merchandising around that time. We believe these consumer spending patterns are driven primarily by the predisposition of consumers to adjust their approach to nutrition at certain times of the year as well as the timing of our advertising linked with key customer promotion windows.

As of August 26, 2017, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future material effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, income or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

The following table summarizes our expected material contractual payment obligations as of August 26, 2017.

General. The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. While the majority of the Company’s revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are not based on estimates, there are certain accounting principles that require management to make estimates regarding matters that are uncertain and susceptible to change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those policies that are reflective of significant judgments, estimates and uncertainties, which would potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Management regularly reviews the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for reasonableness and adequacy. The following critical accounting discussion pertains to accounting policies the Company believes are most critical to the portrayal of its historical financial condition and results of operations and that require significant, difficult, subjective or complex judgments. Other companies in similar businesses may use different estimation policies and methodologies, which may impact the comparability of the Company's financial condition, results of operations and cash flows to those of other companies.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of our Consolidated Financial Statements in this prospectus; however, we believe the following accounting policies are critical in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements because of the judgment necessary to account for these matters and the significant estimates involved, which are susceptible to change.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, deposits available on demand, and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Because of the short maturity of these investments, the carrying amounts approximate their fair value.

We maintain cash balances in six financial institutions. The Company holds material cash balances in the U.S. which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 per institution. From time to time, the Company’s balances may exceed these limits. As of August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, uninsured cash balances were approximately $56.1 million and $78.2 million, respectively. As a result of the acquisition of Wellness Foods, discussed in Note 3. Business Combinations, the Company has banking relationships in Canada subject to the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation which insures up to CAD $100,000 per institution. As of August 26, 2017, the Company had uninsured CAD $3.1 million related to Wellness Foods banking relationships. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of product when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the price is fixed or determinable, (iii) title and risk of loss pass to the customer at the time of delivery and (iv) there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. The Company records estimated reductions to revenue for customer programs, slotting fees and incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, price protection, promotions and other volume-based incentives at the time the incentive is offered or at the time of revenue recognition for the underlying transaction that results in progress by the customer toward earning the incentive. Some of these incentives are recorded by estimating costs based on historical experience and expected levels of performance of the trade promotion.

As discussed in detail in Note 3. Business Combinations of our Consolidated Financial Statements in this filing, on July 7, 2017, Simply Good Foods acquired the Atkins business from Roark. Roark retained a minority interest in Simply Good Foods after the transaction. The Business Combination was funded through a combination of cash, stock, and debt financing.

ASC 805 establishes a measurement period to provide the Company with a reasonable amount of time to obtain the information necessary to identify and measure various items in a business combination and cannot extend beyond one year from the acquisition date.

As discussed in Note 3 and Note 9, simultaneously with the closing of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the "TRA"). The TRA is contingent consideration and included as part of the consideration transferred in the Business Combination. The Tax Receivable Agreement obligation is recorded at its acquisition-date fair value and classified as a liability. The Tax Receivable Agreement will generally provide for the payment by Simply Good Foods to the Selling Equity holders for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Simply Good Foods, Conyers Park, Atkins and Atkins eligible subsidiaries from the use of up to $100 million of the following tax attributes: (i) net operating losses available to be carried forward as of the closing of the Business Combination; (ii) certain deductions generated by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; and (iii) remaining depreciable tax basis from the 2003 acquisition of Atkins Nutritionals, Inc. As of August 26, 2017, the estimated fair value of these contingent payments is $25.7 million which has been recorded as a liability and represents 100% of the value of the recorded tax attributes. Subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability will be recognized in earnings.

Goodwill and intangible assets result primarily from the Business Combination acquisitions, including the 2011 acquisition of the Company by Roark. Intangible assets primarily include brands and trademarks with indefinite lives and customer-related relationships with finite lives. Upon acquisition, the purchase price is first allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities, including customer-related intangible assets and trademarks, with any remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill.

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The Company reviews for impairment indicators of finite-lived intangibles and other long-lived assets as described in the "Property and Equipment" significant accounting policy.

For goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite lives, those assets are not amortized. Rather, impairment tests are conducted on an annual basis or more frequently if indicators of impairment are present. Goodwill is allocated to the reporting unit in which the business that created the goodwill resides. A reporting unit is an operating segment, or a business unit one level below that operating segment, for which discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by segment management. The Company has determined that it has one reporting unit for purposes of allocating goodwill.

A qualitative assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles was performed in 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017. Qualitative assessment includes consideration for the economic, industry and market conditions in addition to the overall financial performance of the Company and these assets. Based on the results of assessment, it was determined that it is more likely than not the reporting unit had a fair value in excess of carrying value. Accordingly, no further impairment testing was completed and no impairment charges related to goodwill or indefinite-lived intangibles were recognized during the fiscal periods ended August 26, 2017, August 27, 2016, August 29, 2015 or December 27, 2014.

Income taxes include federal, state and foreign taxes currently payable and deferred taxes arising from temporary differences between income for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement balances and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the year that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.

Share-based compensation is rewarded to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. Share-based compensation expense is recognized for equity awards over the vesting period based on their grant-date fair value. The fair value of option awards is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The exercise price of each stock option equals or exceeds the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. Options can generally be exercised over a maximum term of ten years. Compensation expense is recognized only for equity awards expected to vest, and the Company accounts for forfeitures as they are incurred. Share based compensation expense is included within the same financial statement caption where the recipient’s other compensation is reported.

The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon a review of outstanding receivables, historical collection information and fiscal strength of the customer. Normally, accounts receivable are due within 30 days after the date of the invoice. Receivables more than 90 days old are considered past due. Accounts receivable are written off when they are determined to be uncollectible. The Company’s policy for estimating allowances for doubtful accounts with respect to receivables is to record an allowance based on a historical evaluation of write-offs, aging of balances, and other quantitative and qualitative analysis. At August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

The Company estimates allowances to reflect commitments made to customers for customer-executed promotional activities and other incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, price protection, promotions, and volume-based incentives, as well as damaged and aged customer inventory. These allowances are based on historical evaluations, both qualitative and quantitative, as well as the Company’s best estimate of current activity. The allowances for customer programs and other incentive offerings are recorded at the time the incentive is offered or at the time of revenue recognition for the underlying transaction that results in progress by the customer toward earning the incentive. The Company’s allowances for these commitments are recorded as a reduction to both accounts receivables and net sales. At August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, the allowance for these commitments was $7.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively.

Inventories, which consist of nutrition bars, shakes, frozen meals and packaging material, are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using standard costs which approximate costs determined on the first-in, first-out method, and with market defined as the lower of replacement cost or realizable value. Inventories consist materially of finished goods.

Obsolete inventory is reserved at 50% for inventory four to six months from expiration, and 100% for items within three months of expiration. Reserves are also taken for certain products or packaging materials when it is determined their cost may not be recoverable. At August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, the provision for obsolete inventory was $1.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

As a result of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods recorded a one-time inventory fair value step-up of $6.0 million, as determined in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements (ASC 820). Refer to Note 3. Business Combinations for additional information regarding the transaction. The one-time inventory fair value step-up impacts cost of goods sold of the successor period.

Property and equipment are stated at cost or the allocated fair value in purchase accounting, net of accumulated depreciation. The costs of additions and betterments that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and the expenditures for ordinary repairs and maintenance are expensed in the period incurred. When items of property and equipment are sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in other income.

The Company capitalizes costs of materials and consultants involved in developing its website and mobile applications for smart phones (collectively, “website development costs”). Costs incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages are charged to expense. Website development costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of three years.

Amortization of capitalized website development costs expensed were $0.1 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $0.5 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, and $0.6 million, $0.3 million, and $0.8 million during the fiscal years ended August 27, 2016, August 29, 2015, and December 27, 2014, respectively.

There were no disposals of fully amortized website development costs during the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 or the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, or for the fiscal periods ending August 27, 2016, and August 29, 2015. For the fiscal year ended December 27, 2014, the total disposals of fully amortized website development costs was $1.9 million.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement utilizing the straight-line method. The Company determines whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets, excluding goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of any long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable. There were no indicators of impairment in the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 or the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, or the fiscal years ending August 27, 2016, August 29, 2015, and December 27, 2014.

Costs incurred in obtaining long-term financing paid to parties other than creditors are considered a debt discount and are amortized over the terms of the long-term financing agreements using the effective-interest method. Amounts paid to creditors are recorded as a reduction in the proceeds received by the creditor and are considered a discount on the issuance of debt.

The Company’s research and development activities primarily consist of generating and testing new product concepts, new flavors, and packaging and are primarily internal. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred as they primarily relate to compensation, facility costs and purchased research and development services, materials and supplies. Research and development costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s total research and development expenses were $0.4 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $1.9 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, and $2.1 million, $1.4 million, and $2.1 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

For all foreign operations, the functional currency is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of these operations are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the end of each reporting period. Income statement accounts are translated at the average rate of exchange prevailing during each reporting period. Translation adjustments arising from the translation of these amounts are recorded as a component of Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Unrealized foreign currency gains and losses arising from the remeasurement of intercompany positions within the Company’s international subsidiaries are recorded as a component of other income (expense).

Production costs related to television commercials are expensed when first aired. All other advertising costs are expensed when incurred through selling and marketing. Total advertising costs were $3.8 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $26.6 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017 and $27.8 million, $23.0 million, and $27.7 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

Production costs related to television commercials not yet aired are included in prepaid expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Production costs related to television commercials not yet aired were $1.2 million and nil at August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, respectively.

Costs associated with products shipped to customers are recognized in distribution in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company’s cost of sales does not include shipping and handling amounts related to the delivery to the buyer. Costs of $2.8 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $15.0 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017 were recorded and $18.5 million, $11.4 million, and $19.5 million associated with products shipped to customers in the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The objective of ASU No. 2014-09 is to outline a new, single comprehensive model to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The new revenue recognition model provides a five-step analysis for determining when and how revenue is recognized, depicting the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to delay the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year to fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. An entity may elect to early adopt as of the original effective date, fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing which provides additional clarification regarding identifying performance obligations and licensing. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-19, 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These ASUs will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP and, due to the Business Combination, will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2019. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective (cumulative effect) transition method and the Company has not yet selected which transition method to apply.

The Company is currently evaluating recently issued guidance on practical expedients as part of the transition decision. Upon initial evaluation, the Company believes the key changes in the standard that impact revenue recognition relate to the recognition of customer programs and incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, price protection, promotion, and other volume-based incentives. The Company is still in the process of evaluating these impacts.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements (Subtopic 205-40) - Going Concern: Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU No. 2014-15 explicitly requires management to evaluate, at each annual or interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that exist which raise substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures. ASU No. 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and annual and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company has evaluated the adoption of this new standard on its financial statement disclosures and does not anticipate there to be an impact.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) - Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The amendments clarify that an entity should measure inventory within the scope of this update at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Substantial and unusual losses that result from subsequent measurement of inventory should be disclosed in the financial statements. The Company has adopted the new accounting standard in the interim period ending February 25, 2017 and no adjustments were made to the inventory balance as a result of the adoption.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10). This new standard enhances the reporting model for financial instruments regarding certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. This ASU is to be applied using a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. This ASU is effective for the Company’s August 2018 fiscal year end. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this new standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The standard requires lessees to recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on the balance sheet. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2019. The amendments should be applied at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the effects adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The pronouncement simplifies the accounting for income tax consequences of share-based payment transactions. The new guidance requires that all of the tax related to share-based payments be recorded in earnings at settlement (or expiration). This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Simply Good Foods Company adopted this accounting pronouncement on a prospective basis within the successor period of the financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance is intended to eliminate diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. This new standard is effective for the Company starting in fiscal year 2019. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amended standard simplifies how an entity tests goodwill by eliminating Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The amended standard also modifies the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2020. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its goodwill impairment testing.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805), to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The provisions of this ASU provide a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business by clarifying the requirements related to inputs, processes, and outputs. These provisions are to be applied prospectively and are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. This ASU is effective for the Company’s 2019 fiscal year end. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this new standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The amended standard specifies the modification accounting applicable to any entity which changes the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The new guidance is effective for all entities after December 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this new standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.

Simply Good Foods qualifies as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act, enacted on April 5, 2012. Section 102 of the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, Simply Good Foods is choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, Simply Good Foods will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Simply Good Foods’ decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, Simply Good Foods is not required to, among other things, (1) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our systems of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (4) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply until Simply Good Foods no longer meets the requirements of being an emerging growth company. Simply Good Foods will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of Conyers Park’s initial public offering, which was July 20, 2016, (ii) in which Simply Good Foods has total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (iii) in which Simply Good Foods is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of its common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of its prior second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior 3-year period.

Simply Good Foods' future income, cash flows and fair values relevant to financial instruments are dependent upon prevalent market interest rates. Market risk refers to the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.

Concentration of credit risk. We maintain cash balances in six financial institutions. The balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $250,000 per institution. From time to time, our balances may exceed this limit. As of August 26, 2017, uninsured cash balances were approximately $56.1 million. We do not believe the Company is exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.

As of August 26, 2017, approximately 34% of gross trade accounts receivable was derived from one customer. 42% of gross sales for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, and 46% of gross sales, for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, were derived from the same customer.

Interest rate risk. We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowing based on a variable interest rate. Derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swap agreements and interest rate cap agreements, may be used for the purpose of managing fluctuating interest rate exposures that exist from our variable rate debt obligations that are expected to remain outstanding. Interest rate changes do not affect the market value of such debt, but could impact the amount of our interest payments, and accordingly, our future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

Foreign currency risk. We are exposed to changes in currency rates as a result of its investments in foreign operations and revenue generated in currencies other than U.S. dollar. Revenue and profit generated by international operations will increase or decrease compared to prior periods as a result of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Foreign currency risk is primarily related to operations in Canada. A 10% increase or decrease in the Canadian Dollar against the U.S. Dollar would result in less than a 1% change in net income for the pro forma 52 week period ended August 26, 2017.

Inflation. While inflation may impact Simply Good Foods’ revenue and cost of services and products, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on its results of operations and financial condition have not been significant. However, there can be no assurance that its results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

In our core Atkins snacking business, we strive to offer a complete line of nutrition bars, RTD shakes and confections that satisfy hunger while providing consumers with a convenient, “better-for-you” snacking alternative. Our sales, marketing and R&D capabilities enable us to distribute products into a national customer base across the mass merchandiser, grocery and drug channels. We believe that Atkins’ broad brand recognition, depth of management talent and strong cash generation position us to continue to innovate in the Atkins brand and acquire other brands, and thereby become an industry leading snacking platform. To that end, in December 2016, Atkins completed the acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., a Canada-based developer, marketer and seller of the SimplyProtein^® brand that is focused on protein-rich and low-sugar products, which our management believes has significant opportunity for expansion in the U.S. In addition to snacking products, Atkins entered into a license arrangement in 2014 for frozen meals sold in the U.S. by Bellisio Foods, Inc. which reduces Atkins’ GAAP net sales as products are distributed by Bellisio and are no longer shipped direct to customers.

Snacking occasions are on the rise as consumers crave convenient, healthy and delicious foods, snacks and meal replacements for their on-the-go lifestyles. Atkins’ emphasis on nutrition bars and RTD shakes positions us to capitalize on consumers’ busy schedules. We believe a number of existing and emerging consumer trends within the U.S. food and beverage industry — including increased consumption of smaller, more frequent meals throughout the day, consumers’ strong preference for convenient, “better-for-you” snacks, consumers’ greater focus on health and wellness, and consumers’ moves toward controlling carbohydrate and sugar consumption will continue to both drive the growth of the nutritional snacking category and increase the demand for Atkins’ product offerings.

Further develop marketing strategy to reach self-directed low carbohydrate consumers. We intent to continue to make focused changes to our approach to consumer outreach. According to the Information Resources, Inc. (“IRI”) Study, over 50% of current consumers are self-directed eaters (not on a program diet) who buy and consume our products, despite the fact that historically, Atkins’ marketing and advertising have not been targeted towards them. Based on a study we conducted in January 2016, we believe that the addressable market for our products is expandable from approximately 8 million low carbohydrate, program weight management consumers to approximately 46 million consumers, including individuals focused on self-directed weight management and those who have adopted a low carbohydrate approach to eating unrelated to weight management. Management expects that the brand’s redesigned marketing and advertising, such as our food-focused television advertising, will be effective at reaching the large addressable market of self-directed low carbohydrate consumers. Additionally, social media continues to be an important component of our marketing tools and we have an active and growing presence on key social channels such as Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. During the 52-week period ended August 26, 2017, Atkins had approximately 10 million new visitors to its website, www.atkins.com.

Innovate and expand the portfolio of product offerings to meet consumer demands for “cleaner labels,” higher protein products and new product forms. Management expects that our ongoing efforts to meet consumer demands for “cleaner labels,” which we define as products made with fewer, simpler and more recognizable ingredients, will be effective at reaching self-directed low carbohydrate consumers, who are focused on weight management as part of overall health, wellness and “clean eating.” Management is committed to continually finding new and innovative formulations to reduce the number of product ingredients, as well as using “better for you” ingredients like nuts, fiber and whey protein in its existing products, while maintaining and improving taste and quality. In addition, we intend to continue to enhance, strengthen and expand our product offerings with new and innovative flavors and forms, simple ingredients and packaging alternatives, all while maintaining a commitment to delivering products that meet our nutritional profile and provide the convenience that consumers crave. Our in-house research and development laboratory allows us to develop new products internally and bring them to market quickly through our contract manufacturing network without diverging from high standards of taste, quality, safety and nutritional content. Additionally, we believe we will be able to meet consumer demands through merger and acquisition transactions, such as the December 2016 acquisition of Wellness Foods, Inc., a Canada-based developer, marketer and seller of the SimplyProtein^® brand that is focused on “cleaner label,” protein-rich, and low-sugar products, which our management believes has significant opportunity for expansion in the U.S.

Leverage platform to expand in attractive food and snacking categories. Management believes the fragmented snacking category presents a substantial opportunity for consolidation and the opportunity to build, through disciplined acquisitions, a leading platform in the snacking space and broader food category. As a leader in nutritious snacking, we believe we have the unique capability to leverage our operating platform and customer relationships to expand beyond the Atkins brand. Our experienced management team has deep expertise in brand building to expand the business into additional brands and products in the snacking segment. Simply Good Foods is actively seeking to identify and evaluate new acquisition opportunities to complement the Atkins platform, and sees significant opportunity for growth and synergies in complementary adjacent snacking categories such as the “better-for-you” eating space.

Our goals for the Atkins and Simply Protein brands is to improve global health by persistently and consistently becoming how a healthier world eats. To make this vision a reality, we strive to embed our brand as a part of everyday life through advocacy, education, and innovation. For over 45 years, Atkins has become an iconic American brand that for many consumers stands for “low carb,” “low sugar” and “protein rich” nutrition. Our vision and mission, coupled with our belief that today’s consumer is looking for sustainable, healthy long-term habits, has inspired our focus on nutritional snacking. We believe that wellbeing is not just about weight loss or quick results, but also about a healthier approach to eating.

Our convenient snacking portfolio specializes in low-sugar, protein rich and higher fiber nutrition bars, RTD shakes and confections. Simply Good Foods currently markets products under the Atkins^®, SimplyProtein^®, Atkins Harvest Trail, and Atkins Endulge^®brand names. Atkins has significant brand recognition, with 85% aided brand awareness among U.S. consumers, based on a study conducted by Atkins in January 2016.

Over 100 independent, peer reviewed, clinical studies support that eating the right foods can improve health, not only in terms of weight management, but also in terms of related chronic issues like diabetes and certain heart conditions. We believe that we offer a balanced approach to nutrition that can result in better health.

Dr. Robert Atkins, a well-known cardiologist, discovered the beneficial effects on his patients of a low carbohydrate nutritional regimen and helped refine the understanding of human nutrition and its link to health. More people are recognizing that Atkins is the foundation of the new convention of eating right, and that the old convention of eating excess carbohydrates and sugar has actually contributed to global obesity. Dr. Atkins limited his patients’ intake of sugar and carbohydrates not only for the weight management benefits, but also because of the numerous other health benefits to his patients. While calorie control plays some role in wellness, studies show that it can be far more important to know what the body does with food and its components. We believe that controlling the things that the human body turns into sugar is the single biggest factor in eating right. When there is too much sugar and too many carbohydrates (which the body also turns into sugar) in the bloodstream, the body stores them as fats. Many people do not know that starchy carbohydrates such as breads, pasta, cereal, rice and potatoes are really just complex sugars. One quarter cup of raisins is equivalent to 9.3 teaspoons of sugar and 1 oz. of pretzels is equivalent to 6.6 teaspoons of sugar. We believe that eating proteins and good fats and controlling carbohydrate consumption are the most important parts of eating right. We believe the old conventional wisdom of fewer calories, no matter how many of them are sugars, is unhealthy because eating sugar can flood the body with too much of the wrong kind of fuel, whereas our approach aims to satisfy the body while creating greater energy, higher metabolism and less stored fat. The human body works better with the right fuel.

Our core products consist of nutrition bars, RTD shakes and confections under the Atkins brand.

Nutrition Bars. To keep on-the-go consumers energized and fueled, our nutrition bars offer a convenient and effective solution, providing consumers with protein, fiber and a delicious taste. Atkins offers three main types of nutrition bars: Atkins Harvest Trail Bars, Atkins Meal Bars and Atkins Snack Bars. Atkins Harvest Trail Bars contain 8 grams of protein and 9 to 10 grams of fiber, and are available in a variety of flavors, including blueberry vanilla and almond, dark chocolate sea salt caramel and coconut almond. With 2 to 4 grams of net carbs, Atkins Meal Bars contain 13 to 17 grams of protein, and are available in 13 different flavors. With 2 to 7 grams of net carbs, Atkins Snacks contain 5 to 12 grams of protein. Atkins offers 14 varieties of Atkins Snack bars.

To add to Atkins’ portfolio of nutrition bars and snacks, in December 2016 we acquired Wellness Foods, Inc. a Canada-based company which owns the SimplyProtein^®brand and offers a variety of protein-based snacks, including bars, chips and crunches.

RTD Shakes. Our rich and creamy Atkins RTD shakes contain 10 to 15 grams of protein, as well as other important vitamins and minerals. Available in a variety of flavors, including cookies and crème, café caramel and creamy chocolate, RTD shakes are made with high quality ingredients and are designed to provide energy balance through the day. We are also preparing to launch a RTD shake with 30 grams of protein, which we believe will satisfy consumers seeking higher protein content.

Confections. We believe our Atkins Endulge^® line, which is designed to satisfy consumers’ sweet cravings and which we call Treats, consists of delicious desserts without all of the added sugar. Atkins offers 13 different Treats, such as peanut butter cups and pecan caramel clusters, each with only 1 gram of sugar or less and low net carbs, providing consumers with the option to indulge.

Through third-party partnerships, we offer complementary Atkins branded products, including frozen meals, home delivery meals and meal kits.

Licensed Frozen Meals. Atkins signed a renewable seven-year license agreement with Bellisio Foods, Inc., or Bellisio, effective September 1, 2016, to license its frozen meals business. Bellisio manufactures, distributes, markets, promotes and sells Atkins frozen food products under the Atkins licensed mark. These products include Atkins branded frozen breakfasts, lunches and dinners, which can be found in grocery stores, wholesale clubs and other retailers in the United States. With a large selection of meal types, including but not limited to burritos, pizzas, breakfast bowls and more, frozen meal options serve as what we believe is a great way to learn the basics of protein rich, low-carbohydrate and low-sugar eating in a simple, convenient and delicious way. The scope of the license includes all frozen meals, frozen snacks and frozen desserts across all retail channels (excluding online), in the U.S., Canada and Mexico.

Recipes, Home Delivery and Meal Kits. We offer over 1,600 protein rich, low-carbohydrate and low-sugar recipes designed to help consumers achieve and maintain a healthy lifestyle, while still enjoying delicious food. In addition to the recipes available on the Atkins website, we have teamed with Chef’d LLC, or Chef’d, to deliver fresh low-carbohydrate and low-sugar ready-to-cook recipes and ingredients directly to consumers’ doors — taking the guesswork out of prepping, planning and shopping. We also offer online one-week meal kits based around nutrition bars, RTD shakes and frozen meals, which are delivered directly to consumers’ doors.

Simply Good Foods believes advocacy and education are key foundations of our approach to growth. By increasing consumer awareness about the benefits of adopting a low-carbohydrate approach to healthy eating, we are able to capture a larger audience, and spread our message about the benefits of a low-carbohydrate approach to healthy living. Accordingly, we have structured our marketing and advertising not only to promote our products, but also to educate consumers, including through community and school health education programs.

Atkins has built a large consumer following, with its weight management consumer forming the core of a much larger group of consumers looking for a more nutritious lifestyle. These consumers are an important foundation for our business. They are loyal, profitable and frequent purchasers of Atkins’ products. Beyond this group, we believe that there is significant opportunity to expand Atkins’ marketing, education and products to consumers who are not necessarily looking for a weight loss plan, but rather are focused more generally on long-term low-carbohydrate healthy living. We refer to these consumers as self-directed low-carb consumers.

We believe our brand is uniquely positioned to capture both branded program consumers and self-directed low-carb consumers, and as part of our growth initiatives, we direct our marketing and advertising efforts to capitalize on this significant incremental opportunity.

Branded Program Consumers. We identify branded program consumers as those consumers open to a weight-management program. These consumers are typically of the belief that Atkins’ nutritional approach is effective, that Atkins’ food products generally make them less hungry than other approaches, and that Atkins’ snacks are an effective way to facilitate weight management. Our primary message to these consumers is that our products and snacks enable weight management while still allowing consumers to maintain a sustainable and satisfying lifestyle. Atkins emphasizes to these consumers the emotional benefits of healthy living — increased energy, strength and self-esteem — and the simplicity and healthiness of its program.

Self-Directed Low-Carb Consumers. We identify self-directed low-carb consumers as those consumers not interested in a directed, programmatic approach to weight management, but who rather are interested in low-carbohydrate and low-sugar principles. These consumers are generally of the view that lowering carbohydrate and sugar intake is a better, healthier way to eat and should result in weight loss and maintenance. Our primary message to these consumers is that we offer delicious low-carbohydrate food options to provide better choices for snacking and meals. Atkins emphasizes appetite appeal and a more generalized theme of controlling carbohydrate and sugar consumption rather than weight management.

We believe the first step in expanding our consumer base and growing our business is educating consumers on the benefits of the Atkins approach to eating and teaching them how to make smarter food choices. In order to facilitate awareness of the health benefits of a low-carbohydrate, low-sugar and protein rich eating approach and spread knowledge of what we believe are the dangers of a carbohydrate rich diet, we have established a variety of marketing and advertising strategies to connect with consumers, including digital marketing and social media platforms, television advertising, celebrity endorsements and free online consumer tracking, management and facilitation tools. We find that the more consumers know about the science behind the Atkins approach to nutritious eating, the more likely they are to rebalance their nutrition away from carbohydrates.

We dedicate a sizeable portion of our marketing and advertising spend to digital marketing channels. We maintain a registered domain at www.atkins.com, which serves as the primary source of information regarding Atkins’ products. In fiscal 2017, Atkins had approximately 10 million new visitors to its website, based on internal tracking. The Atkins website is used as a platform for consumer testimonials and success stories, and as a means to communicate simple nutrition choices that we believe can deliver a healthy holistic lifestyle and sustainable weight management.

We extensively use social media platforms for online collaboration like iPhone and Android smartphone apps, Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter. These platforms are fundamentally changing the way we engage with our consumers and allow Atkins to directly reach desirable target demographics such as millennials. Here are a few examples of how Atkins uses social media to connect with our consumers and promote healthy lifestyles:

Facebook. We maintain an Atkins Facebook page, which we use to facilitate consumer services, distribute brand information and news, and publish videos and pictures promoting the brand. We also conduct regular contests and giveaways. As of October 2017, Atkins had approximately 690,000 Facebook followers.

Instagram. We maintain an Atkins Instagram account, @atkinsnutritionals, which we use as motivational, inspirational and aspirational publishing, and as an authentic representation of low-carb lifestyles. We frequently publish consumer success stories, and conduct regular contests for our consumers. As of October 2017, Atkins had approximately 45,000 Instagram followers.

Twitter. We maintain an active Atkins Twitter account, @atkinsinsider, which we use to disseminate trending news and information, as well as to publish short format tips, tricks and hacks. We also engage in celebrity chats, and conducts regular contests for our consumers. As of October 2017, Atkins had approximately 30,000 Twitter followers.

We utilize celebrity partnerships to increase consumer awareness of our products and serve as real-life motivational and inspirational success stories. Between 2015 and 2017, we partnered with Alyssa Milano, co-host of “Project Runway All Stars,” to serve as our official celebrity spokesperson. Atkins has also partnered with other celebrities, such as Lauren Alaina, who publicly attribute their weight loss to Atkins’ products and programs. By actively supporting Atkins’ products and nutritional approach, these celebrities serve as a valuable resource contemporizing the Atkins brand, educating consumers, encouraging them to learn more about Atkins, and building brand awareness.

In addition to digital marketing and social media, we also engage in traditional advertising through television. Atkins specifically uses television as a means to encourage more consumers to learn about Atkins, share success stories and increase consumer awareness regarding the benefits of low-carbohydrate and low-sugar eating approaches. In the pro forma combined 52-week period ended August 26, 2017, approximately 24% of Atkins’ U.S. selling and marketing expenses were spent on television advertising.

We maintain a dynamic arsenal of educational, nutritional and weight management tools, including a mobile app and tracker, carb counter, meal plans and shopping lists. We also maintain discussion boards and groups on the Atkins website and social media platforms to keep our consumers inspired, motivated, connected and informed.

Mobile App. The Atkins mobile app allows consumers to search, track and plan their meals on their mobile phone or tablet. The app includes a comprehensive food search, which helps consumers find nutritional information for grocery items, restaurant meals, and Atkins-friendly recipes and products. The recently upgraded meal tracker allows consumers to track net carbs consumed based on their specific program. The progress tracker allows consumers to record their weight, body measurements and exercise to track weight loss to date and proximity to their goal weight. In addition, the mobile app includes over 1,000 recipes, making it simple to find and prepare low-carbohydrate and low-sugar meals.

Carb Counter. On Atkins’ website, Atkins offers a user-friendly guide to count carbohydrates. The Carb Counter tracks hundreds of different foods to assist consumers in tracking their daily carb intake. Specifically, the Carb Counter focuses on net carbs that impact blood sugar.

Meal Plans & Shopping Lists. Whether looking to cook or preferring grab-and-go, Atkins offers meal plans that fit a plethora of lifestyles. These meal plans are easily downloaded from Atkins’ website. These meal plans outline what consumers should eat throughout the day, including snacks.

Discussion Boards and Groups. Atkins maintains discussion boards on its website so that its consumers can connect with Atkins professionals and other members of the Atkins community. The discussion boards allow consumers to engage with Atkins professionals to receive advice and encouragement. Groups, also available on the website, facilitate support and encouragement among consumers and allow them to connect with one another and share their interests and goals. There are over 100 groups that a consumer may join, such as “Vegetarians on Atkins,” “Atkins Newbies” and “Continuing to Lose Weight”. A consumer may even start his or her own group.

A portion of our sales is driven by new products, and as a result, we believe innovation is, and will continue to be, an important component of our business. We take a deliberate approach to new product development, focusing on enhancing existing products, innovating flavor and form varieties and expanding into adjacent snacking products. Our innovation model is designed to respond to competitive demands, with a primary focus on enhancing the quality and flavor of our products while simplifying composition and reducing the number of ingredients to meet consumer demands for cleaner labels.

Our innovation strategy is based on ongoing research into consumers’ healthy lifestyle and nutritional needs. We pride ourselves on knowing our consumers and developing products that meet their needs. Management believes that an important component of these nutritional needs is a focus on evolving current products and creating new products with cleaner and fewer ingredients. Accordingly, we are committed to continually finding new and innovative formulations to reduce the number of ingredients in our products, as well as using “better-for-you” ingredients like nuts, fiber and whey protein, while continually improving taste and quality.

We maintain an in-house research and development team as well as market research and consumer insight capabilities. Through our research and development lab in Louisville, Colorado, we control the brand’s innovations and product formulations from the ground up. By developing new products, prototypes and adjacencies in-house, we facilitate our core competencies in product innovation, and enhance our speed to market.

In addition, as part of our innovation process, we collaborate with nationally recognized third-party flavor houses and product development firms for new product development and then conduct our own proprietary consumer research to identify and improve upon new product concepts. We plan to continue to conduct extensive consumer research in order to develop successful new products including product flavor and concept testing, marketing and trend analyses and consumer prototype testing.

Management also believes the fragmented snacking category presents a substantial opportunity for consolidation and the opportunity to build, through disciplined acquisitions, a leading platform in the snacking space and broader food category. As a leader in nutritious snacking, management believes we have the unique capability to leverage our operating platform and customer relationships to expand beyond the Atkins brand. Our experienced management team has deep expertise in brand building to expand the business into additional brands and products in the snacking segment. Simply Good Foods is actively seeking to identify and evaluate new acquisition opportunities to complement the Atkins platform, and sees significant opportunity for growth and synergies in complementary adjacent snacking categories such as sports/active and adult nutritional snacks, salty snacks and protein snacks, as well as in the “better-for-you” eating space.

We own numerous domestic and international trademarks and other proprietary rights that are important to our business. Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are used in the regular course of trade and/or their registrations are properly maintained. We believe the protection of our trademarks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress, and trade secrets are important to our success. We aggressively protect our intellectual property rights by relying on a combination of watch services and trademark, copyright, patent, trade dress and trade secret laws, and through the domain name dispute resolution system. Atkins domain name is www.atkins.com, which trafficked approximately 10 million new visitors in 2017 based on internal estimates.

We compete primarily with nutritional snacking brands in large retail environments. The nutritional snacking industry is competitive, and includes a number of diverse competitors.

Our identified competitors include, but are not limited to, CLIF Bar, KIND bars, Special K, Slimfast, Muscle Milk, Premier Nutrition, Quest Nutrition and thinkThin.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in the nutritional snacking and weight management industries are:

We believe that we currently compete effectively with respect to each of these factors. However, a number of companies in the nutritional snaking and weight management industry have greater financial resources, more comprehensive product lines, broader market presence, longer standing relationships with distributors and suppliers, longer operating histories, greater distribution capabilities, stronger brand recognition and greater marketing resources than we have.

We operate an asset-light business model. For the manufacture of our products, we subcontract with contract manufacturers, and as a result our operations are highly flexible and require minimal capital expenditure. The supply chain for our International Business also uses exclusively contract manufacturers, and is completely separate from the North American Supply Chain, which is described below.

Our products are shipped directly to one central warehouse, which is a leased warehouse managed by a third-party logistics provider who then distributes products to customer distribution centers. In addition, our use of demand forecasting and vendor-managed inventory systems enable us to meet shipping demands, ensure timely delivery of orders and offer service levels to our customers.

Sourcing. The principal ingredients to manufacture our products include soy, nuts, dairy, and chocolate coating. Our packaging supplies consist of flexible film, cartons, tetra paper, and corrugate. All of our core ingredients are purchased according to rigorous standards to assure food quality and safety. These core ingredients are generally available in adequate quantities from suppliers. We visit with major suppliers to source competitively priced, quality ingredients that meet our standards. We manage actively the cost of some ingredients including milk protein concentrate, chocolate coatings, some nuts, soy crisps and liquid soy.

Manufacturing. We rely on contract manufacturers to manufacture our products. The contract manufacturers schedule and purchase ingredient inventory independently, according to parameters set in their contracts. Outsourcing allows us to operate an asset-light business model and focus our efforts on innovation, marketing and sales. Our contract manufacturers are regularly audited by third parties and are required to follow rigorous food safety guidelines. We believe our contract manufacturers have the capacity to meet our current and near-term supply needs. We have multiple contract manufacturers for our ready-to-drink shakes and nutrition bars, snacks and treats. We monitor capacity and performance of our manufacturing partners and will qualify alternate suppliers as needed. We receive finished products from our contract manufacturers, which includes all packaging and ingredients used, as well as an agreed-upon tolling charge for each item produced. These finished products are then shipped directly to our distribution center in Greenfield, Indiana.

Storage. We have one leased distribution center in Greenfield, Indiana, referred to as the Distribution Center, where we store all finished goods. The Distribution Center has approximately 423,000 square feet of floor space.

Distribution. Our logistics provider distributes the finished goods through regional truckloads, which first flow through regional terminals. At the terminals, our orders are consolidated with other customer orders. The finished goods are then distributed to retailer distribution centers. The regular weekly shipments and consolidation have diminished our costs. We manage over 45% of outgoing volume by writing our own orders to retailer distribution centers and maintaining agreed Finished Goods inventory levels.

Retailers. We have a wide variety of customers across the mass, food, club, drug and e-commerce channels. Besides Walmart Stores, Inc., our largest customer representing approximately 42% of sales of Simply Good Foods, no other customer represents more than 10% of sales.

E-Commerce. We aim to ensure that our consumers may access our brand in the way that best suits their lifestyles by offering home delivery of Atkins’ snacking products and meal kits and Chef’d fresh meals. We sell our products on Atkins.com as well as Amazon.com. Atkins’ meal kits are delivered directly to consumers’ homes and are convenient for those who are too busy to cook. Further, Atkins has a licensing agreement with Chef’d, pursuant to which we have licensed the Atkins brand name and certain Atkins recipes to Chef’d. Currently utilizing 25 Atkins recipes, Chef’d delivers fresh ingredient recipes to consumers’ homes for fresh home preparation.

Food Safety and Quality. Food safety and quality is a top priority and we dedicate substantial resources to ensure that consumers receive safe, high quality food products. Our products are manufactured in facilities that have programs and controls in place regarding consistent quality and food safety. Product attributes, such as taste, aroma, texture and appearance are regularly monitored. Good Manufacturing Practices, or GMP, and comprehensive Food Safety programs are designed to produce a safe, wholesome product. Our suppliers are required to have equally robust processes in place and confirm their compliance with product specifications with Letters of Guaranty and Certificates of Analysis for shipments of core ingredients to be used in our products. Finally, random samples of finished goods are sent regularly to a third-party laboratory for testing.

Our products are sold in North America and 65 countries globally. Our top international sales are in Australia/New Zealand and the United Kingdom. For the pro forma 52-week period ended August 26, 2017, international net sales represented approximately 7% of total net sales. Our international supply chain is self-sufficient and run by a lean team solely focused on international operations. Similar to U.S. operations, international operations utilize contract manufacturers for products, and distributors for distributions and sales.

Dr. Robert Atkins was a cardiologist who discovered that by controlling carbohydrate consumption in his patients, he could improve their health and lower their weight. In 1972, Dr. Robert Atkins published a book, Dr. Atkins’ Diet Revolution, and became famous as a diet doctor. He also founded a company, Atkins Nutritionals, to make food products that were consistent with his approach to nutrition. In the 1980s and 1990s, Atkins was a doctor-founded diet brand. In 2003, Atkins was acquired from its founders by Parthenon and Goldman Sachs Capital Partners. In the early 2000s, in the midst of the low carb diet craze, the Atkins diet was the most popular diet in the U.S., with one in two adults claiming they were using Atkins for weight loss. The strategy pursued by management at that time was to proliferate the brand into numerous categories within the grocery store. Atkins launched over 1,100 SKUs in categories such as bread, macaroni and cheese, ice cream, barbecue sauce, vitamin pills, and supplements ─ categories well beyond Atkins’ core snacking business. As the low carb diet craze faded, those new products did not sell well and Atkins filed for bankruptcy in 2005. Atkins re-emerged from bankruptcy in 2006, and was subsequently acquired by North Castle Partners in 2007. Atkins repositioned the business based on two strategies: a focus on core, programmatic weight loss consumers, and a focus on healthy snacking. Roark Capital Group (“Roark”) acquired Atkins in 2010. Atkins positioned the brand to consumers as a balanced approach to weight loss and upgraded the snacking products to improve taste and expand flavor variety. Supported by increased levels of marketing spending, those strategies resulted in eight consecutive years of U.S. Multi-Outlet Retail Sales growth. In 2016, Atkins evolved its strategy to continue to target consumers focused on a programmatic approach to weight loss, while adding a new target consumer: self-directed low carbohydrate consumers, who prefer a self-directed, rather than programmatic, approach to nutrition. Over the past year, Atkins has purposefully and thoughtfully broadened the brand, positioning toward a healthier approach to eating, while focusing on the core snacking business.

We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our retail sales as a result of consumer and customer spending patterns. Historically, the months of January to May result in the greatest retail sales due to renewed consumer focus on healthy living following New Year’s Day, as well as significant customer merchandising around that time. We believe these consumer spending patterns are driven primarily by the predisposition of consumers to adjust their approach to nutrition at certain times of the year as well as the timing of advertising linked with key customer promotion windows.

We are continually developing new recipes and products. Capitalized proprietary recipes and formulas are amortized over a seven year useful life. We primarily rely on a combination of trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property rights. Despite these protections, it may be possible for unauthorized parties to copy, obtain or use certain of this property.

Research and Development. Our research and development activities primarily consist of generating and testing new product concepts, new flavors, and packaging and are primarily internal. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred as they primarily relate to compensation, facility costs and purchased research and development services, materials and supplies. Research and development costs are included in general and administrative expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Our total research and development expenses were $0.4 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $1.9 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, and $2.1 million, $1.4 million, and $2.1 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

Our business is organized around one reportable segment that sells its branded nutritional foods and snacking products designed around the nutrition principles of the Atkins eating approach, which is based on our go-to-market strategies, the objectives of the business and how our chief decision maker, the CEO, monitors operating performance and allocates resources. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Report.

As of August 26, 2017, we had 145 employees, including international employees. None of the U.S. employees are represented by a labor union or are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe that we have good relations with our employees.

The corporate headquarters is located at 1050 17th Street, Suite 1500, Denver, CO 80265. We lease the property for this corporate office, which occupies approximately 19,000 square feet. In addition, we lease other office space and storage space including in Louisville, Colorado, and offices in foreign countries including the Netherlands and United Kingdom to support key international operations. The Company also leases the Distribution Center in Greenfield, Indiana, which has approximately 423,000 square feet of floor space. With the acquisition of Wellness Foods, we also lease office space in Toronto, Canada.

Along with contract manufacturers, brokers, distributors and ingredients and packaging suppliers, Simply Good Foods is subject to laws and regulations in the United States promulgated by federal, state and local government authorities. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of products including, among others, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the U.S. Food and Drug Administration(“FDA”), the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate marketing and advertising to consumers. Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only approve products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these products before they can be marketed in the United States.

Simply Good Foods is subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our contract manufacturers, distributors and suppliers, also are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We continue to monitor their development and our compliance.

Food-Related Regulations. As a manufacturer and distributor of food products, we are subject to a number of food-related regulations, including the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA. This comprehensive regulatory framework governs the manufacture (including composition and ingredients), labeling, packaging and safety of food in the United States. The FDA:

We are also subject to the Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011, which, among other things, mandates that the FDA adopt preventative controls to be implemented by food facilities in order to minimize or prevent hazards to food safety. In addition, the FDA enforces the Public Health Service Act and regulations issued thereunder, which authorizes regulatory activity necessary to prevent the introduction, transmission or spread of communicable diseases. We are subject to numerous other federal, state and local regulations involving such matters as the licensing and registration of manufacturing facilities, enforcement by government health agencies of standards for our products, inspection of our facilities and regulation of our trade practices in connection with the sale of food products.

Environmental Regulations. We are subject to various state and federal environmental laws, regulations and directives, including the Food Quality Protection Act of 1996, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

We believe that we are in material compliance with the environmental regulations applicable to our business. We do not expect the cost of our continued compliance to have a material impact on our capital expenditures, earnings, cash flows or competitive position in the foreseeable future. In addition, any asset retirement obligations are not material.

Labeling Regulations. We are subject to various labeling requirements with respect to our products at the federal, state and local levels. At the federal level, the FDA has authority to review product labeling, and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) may review labeling and advertising materials, including online and television advertisements, to determine if advertising materials are misleading. We are also subject to various state and local consumer protection laws. We believe we are in material compliance with all labeling laws and regulations applicable to our business.

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages, as of November 15, 2017:

Joseph E. Scalzo has served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Atkins, and as a member of its board of directors, since February 2013. Before joining Atkins, Mr. Scalzo served as a director of Earthbound Farm from 2010 to October 2013. From November 2005 to February 2011, Mr. Scalzo served as a senior executive in various roles at Dean Foods, including as President and Chief Operating Officer, as well as President and Chief Executive Officer of WhiteWave Foods, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Scalzo held various executive roles at The Gillette Company and The Coca Cola Company. Mr. Scalzo also served as a director of HNI Corp. from 2003 to November 2009 and since March 2014 has been a director of Focus Brands. Mr. Scalzo began his career at Proctor & Gamble in 1985 and received a Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering from the University of Notre Dame.

Todd Cunfer has served as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company since August 2017. Prior to assuming this role, Mr. Cunfer served as Vice President Finance since he joined the Company in July 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Cunfer worked for The Hershey Company (NYSE: HSY) with over 20 years of financial planning and analysis, capital structure, treasury, supply chain management, strategic operations and merger and acquisition experience. Over his tenure with The Hershey Company, he served in a variety of senior executive finance roles leading the finance teams of multi-billion dollar businesses, including Vice President, Finance for the International business from March 2017 until July 2017, Vice President, Global Supply Chain Finance from February 2015 to March 2017, Vice President, North America Finance from February 2013 to February 2015, and Vice President, U.S. Finance from December 2010 to February 2013. Earlier in his career, Mr. Cunfer was a senior analyst for the United States Enrichment Corporation, a leading multi-billion dollar supplier of nuclear fuel to electric companies worldwide. He also served as Director, Financial Planning and Analysis for ICF Kaiser International, Senior Analyst, Financial Planning and International Finance for Lockheed Martin Corporation, and Corporate Finance, Venture Capital Officer for American Security Bank. Mr. Cunfer has a Master of Business Administration from The Darden School of Business, University of Virginia and Bachelor of Arts in Finance from College of William and Mary.

Annita M. Menogan has served as Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Atkins since October 2015. Prior to joining Atkins, Ms. Menogan was Of Counsel at Fortis Law Partners LLC from July 2014 to October 2015, where she advised publicly-held companies on SEC, regulatory and general corporate matters. From June 2013 to July 2014, Ms. Menogan was self-employed engaged in advising and training executive lawyers on managing in-house legal functions. From January 2006 to June 2013, Ms. Menogan served as Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Red Robin Gourmet Burgers, Inc. Prior to joining Red Robin, Ms. Menogan served as Vice President, Secretary and Deputy General Counsel at Molson Coors Brewing Company from August 1999 to September 2005. Ms. Menogan was in private law practice from 1983 to 1999 in general corporate and securities law practice. Ms. Menogan received a Juris Doctorate from the University of Denver and a Bachelor of Fine Arts from the Academy of Art University in San Francisco, California.

C. Scott Parker has served as Chief Marketing Officer of Atkins since January 2011. Prior to joining Atkins, Mr. Parker served as Vice President of Marketing at Jenny Craig from November 2003 to January 2011. From August 1996 to July 2002, Mr. Parker served as Vice President of Marketing at Bath & Body Works (a Division of Limited Brands). Prior to Bath & Body Works, Mr. Parker held various positions at Consumer Products Innovation, LLC, Bank One, Dial Corp., Procter & Gamble and Frito-Lay. Mr. Parker received a Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Stanford University and an MBA from University of California, Los Angeles.

Hanno E. Holm has served as Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of Atkins since November 2013. Prior to joining Atkins, Mr. Holm served as Chief Operations Officer of Charterhouse Baking Group from January 2012 to November 2013. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Holm served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Hero/WhiteWave LLC. Before Hero/WhiteWave LLC, Mr. Holm served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operations Officer of Hero Group Divisions from 2003 to 2007. Mr. Holm previously worked at PRTM, STM and Brookes and Gatehouse Ltd. Mr. Holm received a Master of Business Administration from Cranfield University in England and a Master in Manufacturing Engineering from the University of Cambridge.

Jill Short Clark has served as Chief Customer Officer of the Company since August 27, 2017. Ms. Short Clark joined Atkins in January, 2008. From 2008 to 2014, she served as VP Sales, and Regional Vice President, Sales for Atkins. From 2014 to 2015, she served as VP National Account Teams, and was promoted to and served as Senior Vice President, Sales, from September 2015 to August 2017. Prior to joining Atkins, Ms. Short Clark served in various executive sales leadership roles for more than 20 years with increasing responsibility at Muscle Milk, Abbott Nutrition including the EAS brand, and Kraft Foods. Ms. Short Clark received a Bachelor of Applied Science degree from Florida State University in 1989.

Timothy A. Matthews has served as Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer of Atkins since November 2016. Prior to joining Atkins, Mr. Matthews served as Corporate Controller of Gevo, Inc. from June 2014 to November 2016. From May 2011 to June 2014, Mr. Matthews served as Senior Manager of Global Accounting and Consolidations at Molson Coors Brewing Company. Mr. Matthews was manager of Technical Accounting at Intermap Technologies from 2010 to 2011, and practiced with PricewaterhouseCoopers from 2003 to 2010. Mr. Matthews received an MBA from University of Denver and a Bachelor of Business Administration from St. Norbert College and is a Certified Public Accountant.

James M. Kilts has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as Conyers Park’s Executive Chairman since inception. Mr. Kilts is a renowned leader in the consumer industry, with over 40 years of experience leading a range of companies and iconic brands. Mr. Kilts is the Founding Partner of Centerview Capital Consumer, founded in 2006. Previously, Mr. Kilts served as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of Gillette from 2001 until it merged with The Procter & Gamble Company in 2005; at that time he became Vice Chairman of the Board of The Procter & Gamble Company. Before Mr. Kilts joined Gillette, the company’s sales had been flat for 4 years, and it had missed earnings estimates for 14 consecutive quarters. Mr. Kilts took steps to rebuild the management team, cut costs and reinvest the savings in innovation and marketing. During his tenure as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Kilts oversaw the creation of approximately $30 billion in equity value for Gillette’s public shareholders. Gillette’s share price appreciated 110% during Mr. Kilts’ tenure, while the S&P 500 declined 3% over the same time period. Under Mr. Kilts’ leadership, Gillette rejoined the top ranks of consumer products companies as sales increased an average of 9% each year. The Harvard Business Review cited Mr. Kilts’ leadership as the driving force behind Gillette’s turnaround. Prior to Gillette, Mr. Kilts served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Nabisco from 1998 until its acquisition by The Philip Morris Companies in 2000. Before joining Nabisco, Mr. Kilts was an Executive Vice President of The Philip Morris Companies from 1994 to 1997 and headed the Worldwide Food group. In that role, Mr. Kilts was responsible for integrating Kraft and General Foods and for shaping the group’s domestic and international strategy. Mr. Kilts had previously served as President of Kraft USA and Oscar Mayer. He also had been Senior Vice President of Strategy and Development, President of Kraft Limited in Canada, and Senior Vice President of Kraft International. Mr. Kilts began his career with General Foods Corporation in 1970. Owing to Mr. Kilts’ successes across the consumer industry, numerous companies seek his business expertise and advice. Mr. Kilts is currently a member of the Board of Directors of MetLife, Inc., where he has served since 2005, Pfizer, Inc., where he has served since 2007, and Unifi Inc., where he has served since April 2016. Mr. Kilts is also a member of the Board of Overseers of Weill Cornell Medicine. Previously, Mr. Kilts was a member of the board of directors of Nielsen Holdings N.V. from January 2011 to August 25, 2017 (where he served as Chairman from January 2011 to January 2014), Big Heart Pet Brands from March 2011 to March 2015 (during which time he served as Chairman), MeadWestvaco from 2006 to April 2014, Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Nielsen Company B.V. from 2009 to January 2014, member of the board of directors of The New York Times Company from 2005 to 2008, May Department Stores from 1998 to 2005, Whirlpool Corporation from 1999 to 2005, Chairman of the Board of the Grocery Manufacturers Association from 2003 to 2005, and Delta Airlines from 2002 to 2004. Mr. Kilts is also a former member of Citigroup’s International Advisory Board. Mr. Kilts received a bachelor’s degree in History from Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois and earned an MBA degree from the University of Chicago. The Company believes that Mr. Kilts’ deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

David J. West has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as Conyers Park’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director since inception. Mr. West is an established leader in the consumer industry, with nearly 30 years of experience leading a range of companies and well-known brands. Mr. West became a partner of Centerview Capital Consumer in May 2016. Prior to joining Centerview Capital Consumer, Mr. West served as Chief Executive Officer and President of Big Heart Pet Brands (formerly known as Del Monte Foods) from August 2011 to March 2015, at that time one of the world’s largest pure-play pet food and treats company whose brands included Meow Mix^®, Kibbles ‘n Bits^®, Milk-Bone^®, and others. Mr. West helped reposition the business to increase focus on growth and innovation, launched new products such as Milk-Bone Brushing Chews^®, enhanced specialty pet distribution channels through the acquisition of Natural Balance Pet Foods, and developed a marketing culture to effectively promote products. Mr. West worked closely with Mr. Kilts during this time period, as Mr. Kilts was Chairman of the Board of Big Heart Pet Brands. In February 2014, Mr. West oversaw the sale of Del Monte Foods’ Consumer Products business and changed the company’s name to Big Heart Pet Brands, reflecting its singular focus on pet food and snacks. During his tenure as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. West oversaw the creation of approximately $2 billion of equity value for investors. Big Heart Pet Brands was sold to The J. M. Smucker Company in March 2015, at which time Mr. West served The J. M. Smucker Company as President, Big Heart Pet Food and Snacks until March 2016 and as a Senior Advisor until April 2016. Prior to joining Del Monte Foods, Mr. West served as the Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of Hershey from 2007 to May 2011. Under Mr. West’s leadership, Hershey enjoyed strong profits, net sales growth and shareholder returns, and was recognized as one of the World’s 100 Most Innovative Companies by Forbes Magazine in 2011. During Mr. West’s tenure as Chief Executive Officer, Hershey increased its investment in domestic and international operations, improved the effectiveness of its supply chain and business model, and accelerated its advertising, brand building and distribution programs. During Mr. West’s tenure as Chief Executive Officer, public shareholders of Hershey experienced more than $5 billion of equity value creation. Hershey’s share price appreciated 68% during this time period, while the S&P 500 grew 0%. Prior to his Chief Executive Officer role, Mr. West held various leadership positions at Hershey including Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Customer Officer, and Senior Vice President of Strategy and Business Development. Prior to joining Hershey in 2001, Mr. West spent 14 years with the Nabisco Biscuit and Snacks group, where he held a range of senior positions including Senior Vice President, Finance, and Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Business Planning, a role in which he helped shape and execute Nabisco’s strategy, culminating in the acquisition of Nabisco Holdings Corp. by The Philip Morris Companies in 2000. At Nabisco, Mr. West worked closely with Mr. Kilts during Mr. Kilts’ tenure as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. West was a member of the board of directors of Hershey from 2007 to 2011, Del Monte Foods from 2011 to 2014, Big Heart Pet Brands from 2014 to 2015 and The J. M. Smucker Company from 2015 to 2016. Mr. West received a bachelor of science degree, cum laude, in Business Administration from Bucknell University in Lewisburg, Pennsylvania. The Company believes that Mr. West’s deep consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational and transactional experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Brian K. Ratzan has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as Conyers Park’s Chief Financial Officer and a Director since inception. Mr. Ratzan has been a Partner of Centerview Capital Consumer since April 2014. Mr. Ratzan has over 20 years of private equity investing experience. Prior to joining Centerview Capital Consumer, Mr. Ratzan was Partner and Head of U.S. Private Equity at Pamplona Capital Management from January 2012 to February 2014. Prior to joining Pamplona, Mr. Ratzan was Managing Director and Head of Consumer at Vestar Capital Partners, which he joined in 1998. Mr. Ratzan also previously worked at ‘21’ International Holdings, a private investment firm, and in the Investment Banking Group at Donaldson, Lufkin and Jenrette. Mr. Ratzan previously served on the boards of consumer companies including Del Monte Foods, The Sun Products Corporation (formerly known as Huish Detergents, Inc.), and Birds Eye Foods, Inc. Mr. Ratzan holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of Michigan, where he was a member of Phi Beta Kappa, and an MBA degree from Harvard Business School. The Company believes that Mr. Ratzan’s extensive investment management and transactional experience make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Clayton C. Daley, Jr. has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as a director of Conyers Park since July 2016. Mr. Daley, Jr. spent his entire professional career with The Procter & Gamble Company (NYSE:PG), a global consumer packaged goods company, joining the company in 1974. There, Mr. Daley held a number of key accounting and finance positions including Chief Financial Officer and Vice Chairman of Procter & Gamble; Comptroller, U.S. Operations of Procter & Gamble USA; Vice President and Comptroller of Procter & Gamble International; and Vice President and Treasurer of Procter & Gamble. Mr. Daley retired from Procter & Gamble in 2009. Mr. Daley also served as Senior Advisor to TPG Capital until October 2012. Mr. Daley has been a director of SunEdison, Inc.(OTC:SUNEQ), a solar power company, since 2014 and served as a director and was Chair of the Audit Committee and a member of the Compensation and Option Committee of Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc. (NYSE:HOT), a hotel and leisure company, from 2008 to 2016. He holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Davidson College and an MBA from Ohio State University. The Company believes that Mr. Daley’s consumer and food industry background, coupled with broad operational experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Nomi P. Ghez has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as a director of Conyers Park since July 2016. Ms. Ghez has over 30 years of experience working with consumer companies. Ms. Ghez was affiliated with Goldman Sachs from 1982 to 2003, most recently acting as a senior banker within the consumer sector of Goldman Sachs’ Mergers and Strategic Advisory Division, as well as a Partner and Managing Director. From 1982 to 2000, Ms. Ghez was Goldman Sachs’ food analyst in Investment Research, covering major U.S. and global food and consumer companies. Since 2003, Ms. Ghez has been a co-founding partner of Circle Financial Group, LLC, an integrated private wealth management group of nine professional women. In 2004, Ms. Ghez was a Portfolio Manager, Consumer Sector for Perry Capital LLC, a hedge fund. Ms. Ghez has served on the Board of Directors of Lipman Family Farms, a private fresh tomato company, since 2008 and on its Governance and Audit Committee since 2013, and was a Director of Maidenform Brands, Inc. (NYSE:MFB) from 2011 until its sale to HanesBrands (NYSE:HBI) in 2013, serving on its Audit Committee from 2012 to 2013. Ms. Ghez received a B.A. and M.A. from Tel Aviv University and a Ph.D. from New York University. The Company believes that Ms. Ghez’s consumer analyst background, coupled with extensive financial and investment experience, make her well qualified to serve as a Director.

James E. Healey has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as a director of Conyers Park since July 2016. Mr. Healey has 40 years of experience in the consumer products industry as a member of senior management, as well as in public accounting. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Healey was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Nabisco Holdings Corp (NYSE:NA) and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Nabisco Group Holdings (NYSE:NGH) until their respective sales to Kraft Foods, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco, Inc. Prior to this, from 1973 to 1997, Mr. Healey held increasingly senior positions with Best Foods, Inc., now part of Unilever, culminating in his service as Comptroller and Chief Accounting Officer from 1987 to 1994 and as Vice President-Treasurer from 1994 to 1997. Mr. Healey began his career in 1968 as an audit manager in public company practice for KPMG. Since 2001, Mr. Healey has provided consulting services to both public and non-public companies in the areas of investor relations, cost reduction programs and outsourcing of internal audit functions, among others. From 2005 to 2011, Mr. Healey served as a Director, as well as on the Audit Committee and Human Resources Committee, of Sappi Ltd, a then-US-listed paper and pulp producer headquartered in South Africa. From 1990 to 2006, Mr. Healey served on the Board of Directors as Chairman of the Compensation Committee and a member of the Executive and Audit Committee of Interchange Financial Services Corp., until its sale to TD Banknorth in 2006. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Healey served on the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, responsible to the Financial Accounting Standards Board for the creation of accounting standards. Mr. Healey holds a bachelor’s degree in public accounting from Pace University. The Company believes that Mr. Healey’s consumer industry background, coupled with broad operational experience and public accounting experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Robert G. Montgomery has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as a director of Conyers Park since July 2016. Mr. Montgomery has 40 years of experience in the consumer package goods industry, including sales, marketing, research and development positions on both an operational and executive level. From 2003 until 2010, Mr. Montgomery was successively a Senior Vice President, Sales, a Senior Vice President, Sales, Marketing & R&D and an Executive Vice President at Birds Eye Foods, Inc., a privately held frozen foods company. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Montgomery served as Vice President of Sales in different divisions of HJ Heinz Company, a global food producer. Prior to this, from 1982 to 1998, Mr. Montgomery worked at McCain Food, Inc., as Vice President of Sales-Retail. Mr. Montgomery has held positions at Family Brands, Inc as Vice President of Sales, ConAgra Frozen Food Company as Area Vice President, Sara Lee Corporation as National Sales Planning Manager and Division Sales Manager and Del Monte Corporation as Senior Account Representative. In 2010, Mr. Montgomery founded and since has been a principal of Montgomery Consulting Solutions, a consulting firm specializing in sales, marketing and business strategies in the consumer packaged goods industry. In 2010, Mr. Montgomery also co-founded and since has been a principal of Jurs Montgomery Brokerage, LLC, a firm specializing in life insurance, long term care, disability and annuities. In 2016, Mr. Montgomery joined the board of directors of Wyman’s of Maine, a producer of frozen fruit. Mr. Montgomery holds a bachelor’s degree in management from Seton Hall University. The Company believes that Mr. Montgomery’s consumer and food industry background, coupled with broad operational experience, make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Arvin “Rick” Kash has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as Vice Chairperson of Nielsen Holdings Plc (or its predecessor) from January 2012 to January 2017. Mr. Kash is the founder of The Cambridge Group, a growth strategy consulting firm, which became a subsidiary of Nielsen in March 2009. He served as its Chairman from December 2010 until December 2011 and prior to that was its Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Kash is a director of Woodstream Corporation, Linus Oncology and Genus Oncology, Blue Moose of Boulder and Northwestern Memorial Foundation Hospital. He is a graduate of DePaul University. The Company believes that Mr. Kash’s extensive operational and board experience make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

Richard T. Laube has served as a director of the Company since the consummation of the Business Combination, and served as the Chairman of the board of directors of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. since February 2011. From April 2011 to April 2016, Mr. Laube was the Chief Executive Officer of Nobel Biocare. From April 2005 to August 2010, Mr. Laube was an Executive Board member of Nestle SA, and from November 2005 to August 2010 was CEO of Nestle SA’s Nestle Nutrition division. Prior to this, Mr. Laube was CEO of Roche Consumer Health and a Roche Holding AG Executive Committee member. He held positions of increasing responsibility in brand and general management at Procter & Gamble, including international assignments in Switzerland, Japan, Germany and Brazil. From September 2008 to September 2012 Mr. Laube served as a Director of Logitech SA. Since March 2017 he serves as a Director of GnuBiotics Sciences and since April 2017 a Director of Piqur Therapeutics SA. The Company believes Mr. Laube’s broad operational and board experience make him well qualified to serve as a Director.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreements and any other rights of any class or series of preferred stock, vacancies on our board of directors (including a vacancy created by an increase in the size of the board of directors) may be filled only by the remaining directors.

See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Investor Rights Agreements.”

NASDAQ listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Kilts, Ratzan, Daley, Jr., Healey, Montgomery, Kash and Laube and Ms. Ghez are “independent directors” as defined in the NASDAQ listing standards and applicable SEC rules.

Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Healey, Daley, Jr. and Laube, with Mr. Healey serving as the chair of the committee. The Board of Directors has deteremined that Messrs. Healey, Daley, Jr. and Laube qualify as independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to audit committee membership, and that Mr. Healey qualifies as our “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, is be available on our corporate website at www.thesimplygoodfoodscompany.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Daley, Jr., Ratzan and Montgomery, with Mr. Daley, Jr. serving as the chair of the committee. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.thesimplygoodfoodscompany.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, consistent with criteria approved by our board of directors; (2) overseeing the organization of our board of directors to discharge the board’s duties and responsibilities properly and efficiently; (3) identifying best practices and recommending corporate governance principles; and (4) developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and principles applicable to us.

Our Nominating and Governance Committee consists of Messrs. Kilts and Kash and Ms. Ghez, with Ms. Ghez serving as chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Nominating and Governance Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.thesimplygoodfoodscompany.com. The information on our website is not part of this proxy statement/prospectus.

The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Daley, Jr., Ratzan and Montgomery. None of our executive officers currently serves, nor in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees. A copy of the code of ethics will be provided without charge upon request, and is available on our corporate website at www.thesimplygoodfoodscompany.com. The information on our website is not part of this proxy statement/prospectus. We intend to disclose any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our code of ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K. To date, there have been no waivers or requests for waivers.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, we entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnity agreement provides for indemnification and advancements by Simply Good Foods of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from his or her service to Simply Good Foods or, at our request, service to other entities, as officers or directors to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnity Agreements.”

This section provides an overview of our executive compensation program, including a narrative description of the material factors necessary to understand the information disclosed in the summary compensation table below. For fiscal 2017, our named executive officers are:

The objective of our compensation program is to provide a total compensation package to each named executive officer that will enable us to attract, motivate and retain outstanding individuals, reward named executive officers for performance and align the financial interests of each named executive officer with the interests of our stockholders to encourage each named executive officer to contribute to our long-term performance and success.

The compensation program for our named executive officers currently consists of the following elements: base salary; performance-based cash incentive awards; equity-based incentive compensation; and severance and change of control benefits. Historically, our board of directors (the “Board”) determined the compensation for our named executive officers. As of the date of the Business Combination, the compensation committee of the Board determines the compensation of our named executive officers and administers our equity incentive plan.

We entered into a written employment agreement with Mr. Scalzo, a written severance agreement with Mr. Mara and an employment letter with Mr. Parker. These agreements were negotiated on an arms-length basis and establish the key elements of compensation.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, we entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Mr. Scalzo. The initial term of the agreement is five years, and thereafter, the term automatically renews for additional one-year periods, unless either party provides 90 days’ written notice of non-renewal. The agreement provides Mr. Scalzo, among other things, with: (i) an initial base salary of $715,000, subject to increase (but not decrease) in the discretion of the Board; (ii) a target annual bonus opportunity equal to (A) 75% of base salary for fiscal year 2017 and (B) 100% of base salary for fiscal year 2018 and thereafter; (iii) a grant of options to purchase 1.2 million shares of our common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock as of the grant date; (iv) the opportunity to receive future equity and other long-term incentive awards, as determined in the Board’s discretion; and (v) eligibility to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by us for our senior executives generally, in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof as in effect from time to time.

The agreement subjects Mr. Scalzo to certain restrictive covenants, including perpetual confidentiality and mutual non-disparagement, assignment of inventions and non-competition and non-solicitation during the employment term and for 24 months post-employment.

We entered into a severance agreement with Mr. Mara on August 4, 2014. Mr. Mara’s employment is “at will,” and his severance agreement does not include a specific term. The initial annual base salary set forth in the agreement is $400,000. As of August 26, 2017, Mr. Mara’s annual salary was $460,000. Mr. Mara was eligible for an annual cash incentive award, with the target amount equal to 65% of his base salary and the actual amount based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the compensation committee from time to time.

Mr. Mara was eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by us from time to time, and he was entitled to a car allowance of $750 per month. Mr. Mara also received reimbursement of his commuting expenses incurred in connection with travel to our corporate offices in Denver, Colorado.

The agreement also provided Mr. Mara with severance benefits in the event we terminated his employment without “cause” or he resigned for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the agreement), subject to his compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth below and his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims. For more information see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control.”

Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Mara is subject to an employment term and 12-month post-employment non-compete covenant, an employment term and 24-month post-employment non-solicitation covenant and perpetual confidentiality and non-disparagement covenants.

We entered into an employment letter with Mr. Parker on December 22, 2010. Mr. Parker’s employment is “at will,” and his employment letter does not include a specific term. The initial base salary set forth in the agreement is $345,000. As of August 26, 2017, Mr. Parker’s annual salary was $433,818. Mr. Parker is eligible for an annual cash incentive award, with a target amount equal to 50% of his base salary and the actual amount based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the compensation committee from time to time. The agreement provides that Mr. Parker is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans, programs and policies maintained by us from time to time and for reimbursement of commuting expenses incurred in connection with travel to the Company’s corporate offices in Denver, Colorado.

The employment letter also provides Mr. Parker with severance benefits in the event we terminate his employment without “cause” (which is undefined in the letter), subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims. For more information see “— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control” below.

We pay base salaries to attract, recruit and retain qualified employees. The base salaries for the fiscal year ended August 26, 2017 for our named executive officers takes into account the initial base amount set forth in the executive’s respective employment agreement, severance agreement or employment letter, as applicable, and the scope of the executive’s responsibilities, individual contributions, prior experience and sustained performance. The executives’ respective base salaries as of August 26, 2017 are set forth in the table below. Mr. Scalzo’s salary increase was negotiated in connection with his employment agreement discussed above and the increases from fiscal year 2016 for Messrs. Mara and Parker for merit were 2.2% and 3.0%, respectively.

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our annual performance-based cash incentive plan. The annual percentage bonus targets as a percentage of base salary for each named executive officer are set forth in his employment agreement, severance agreement or employment letter, as applicable. The annual financial objectives and final bonus determinations are made by the compensation committee (and prior to the Business Combination by the Board).

All of the named executive officers participated in the annual performance-based cash incentive plan for the fiscal year ended August 26, 2017 (the “2017 Incentive Plan”). The 2017 Incentive Plan applicable to the named executive officers was based upon achievement of financial objectives, excluding Wellness Foods, of which 50% was tied to North America sales growth targets and 50% was tied to EBITDA for North America, each as defined in the 2017 Incentive Plan. The financial objectives excluded Wellness Foods due to the timing of the completion of that acquisition in December 2016. The North America sales growth target and the EBITDA target were 7% and $68.8 million, respectively, and actual North America sales growth and EBITDA achieved were 6.5% and $69.1 million, respectively. Based on our over achievement on the EBITDA target and slight underachievement on sales growth target, coupled with the successful completion of the Business Combination, the compensation committee approved a payout at 100% of target for each of the named executive officers. Each named executive officer’s target incentive (expressed as a percentage of base salary and as a dollar amount), maximum incentive (if applicable), performance factors and weightings, level of achievement of the performance factors for the 52-week period ended August 26, 2017 and 2017 award amounts are set forth in the table below.

For fiscal 2017, Mr. Scalzo’s target incentive was calculated based off of his pre-Business Combination salary of $673,006.

We provide equity-based incentive compensation to our named executive officers because it links long-term results achieved for our stockholders and the rewards provided to named executive officers, thereby ensuring that such named executive officers have a continuing stake in our long-term success. Historically, we granted equity incentive awards to our named executive officers in conjunction with the applicable named executive officer’s initial hire, and we typically did not grant additional equity incentive awards annually. Prior to the Business Combination, our named executive officers were granted stock options under the NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “2010 Option Plan”).

In connection with the Business Combination, holders of options under the 2010 Option Plan who elected to exercise such option holder’s outstanding vested options, received cash, shares of our common stock or other consideration in connection with the Business Combination with respect to any vested options exercised immediately prior to the effective time of the Business Combination. Any vested options that were not exercised or were unvested, were cancelled as of the effective time of the Business Combination.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, we adopted the 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan and have made grants to our named executive officers thereunder. The following grants of stock option awards were made to our named executive offers on July 14, 2017 following the consummation of the Business Combination:

The stock option awards outlined above vest in three equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to such named executive officer’s continued service with us on each applicable vesting date. The stock option awards have an exercise price of $12.00 per share and expire 10 years from the grant date.

Our executives are required to own Company stock equal to a multiple of their annual base salary, depending on their level as set forth below:

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Marketing Officer, Chief Operations Officer, and General Counsel: Three times base salary.

Officers and directors are expected to satisfy these guidelines within 5 years of becoming an officer listed above or director and, with certain limited exceptions for Other Vice Presidents may not sell any Company stock until they are in compliance with such guidelines. In instances where the stock ownership guidelines would place a severe hardship, the Compensation Committee will make a final decision as to an alternative stock ownership guideline for such person that reflects both the intention of the guidelines and personal circumstances.

We offer health and welfare benefits and life insurance to our named executive officers on the same basis that these benefits are offered to its other eligible employees. We also offer a 401(k) plan to our eligible employees. Our named executive officers participate in our 401(k) on the same basis as its other eligible employees.

We provide limited perquisites to our named executive officers, including a monthly car allowance of $750. As of August 26, 2017, we eliminated the monthly car allowance for all of our named executive officers. For additional information, see “—Summary Compensation Table.”

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our named executive officers during fiscal years 2017 and 2016.

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding option awards for each of the named executive officers as of August 26, 2017.

The employment arrangements with each of our named executive officers provide for the payment of severance benefits upon certain termination of employment.

We have agreed to pay severance benefits in the event it terminates an executive’s employment without “cause” or an executive resigns for “good reason” (in each case, as defined in the applicable agreement). We also provide severance benefits in the case of an executive’s termination of employment due to death or disability.

In the event of a termination of Mr. Scalzo’s employment by the Company without “Cause” (as defined below), by him for “Good Reason” (as defined below) or due to the Company’s non-renewal of the term of his employment agreement (each, a “Qualifying Termination”), subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and continued compliance with restrictive covenants, he is entitled to the following: (i) a pro-rated portion of his annual bonus for the termination year (if any), based on the Company’s actual performance for the entire bonus year and his number of days of employment with the Company during such year, paid on the same date that annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s other executives (the “Pro-Rata Bonus”)’; (ii) 24 months’ continued base salary (at the rate then in effect); (iii) an amount equal to two times his target annual bonus for the termination year, payable in substantially equal installments over the 24-month post-termination period; (iv) subject to his timely election of coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), and continued payment of the employee portion of the COBRA premiums, up to 18 months’ continued participation in the Company’s group health plan for him and his eligible dependents, subject to earlier termination in the event he becomes ineligible for COBRA or obtains other employment that offers group health benefits; (v) pro-rata vesting of any outstanding incentive equity awards based on his duration of employment with the Company from commencement of the then current vesting tranche through the termination date (“Pro-Rata Equity Vesting”); and (vi) if such termination occurs after July 7, 2021 (a “Retirement Termination”), continued vesting of all of his outstanding incentive equity awards granted at least one year prior to the termination date, as if he had remained employed with the Company and with any performance-based incentive equity awards vesting only to the extent that the underlying performance metrics are achieved, with his stock options to remain outstanding until their expiration date (collectively, the “Retirement Equity Treatment”). If Mr. Scalzo violates any of the material restrictive covenants in his employment agreement (with a violation of the non-competition covenant deemed material) within two years of his Retirement Termination, then any (x) unvested equity awards and (y) incentive equity awards that vested following the Retirement Termination will be forfeited without payment of any consideration, and to the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing, Mr. Scalzo will be obligated to repay to the Company any gain received in respect of such equity awards (collectively, the “Retirement Equity Forfeiture Provisions”).

For purposes of the employment agreement, “Cause” means any of Mr. Scalzo’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony; engagement in gross neglect or willful misconduct with respect to his duties and responsibilities; material breach of his fiduciary duties to, or of any provision of the employment agreement or any other agreement with, the Company or any of its affiliates; engagement in any activity or behavior that is or could reasonably be expected to be harmful in any material respect to the property, business, goodwill, or reputation of the Company or any of its affiliates; or commission of theft, larceny, embezzlement, or fraud; and “Good Reason” means, without Mr. Scalzo’s express prior written consent, a material reduction of his position, duties, and responsibilities with the Company from those in effect as of July 7, 2017 (provided that ceasing to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of a public company will not, standing alone, constitute Good Reason; and provided, further, that the Company’s transition of his position, duties, and responsibilities to a new Chief Executive Officer following receipt of his notice of retirement (which he must provide at least six months prior to retiring) will not constitute Good Reason so long as he continues to have executive officer-level responsibilities during such period); a change such that he no longer reports to at least one of the Board, the Executive Chairman of the Board or the Executive Vice Chairman of the Board; the Company’s failure to take commercially reasonable best efforts to nominate him to the Board (unless such nomination is prohibited by legal or regulatory requirements); a reduction of his base salary or target bonus opportunity; the Company’s material breach of the employment agreement; or the Company’s requirement that he move his primary place of employment more than 50 miles from Denver, Colorado (provided, that, he will not have Good Reason if the Company relocates its headquarters without relocating his primary place of employment, even if such relocation increases the amount of his business travel). Prior to a termination of Mr. Scalzo’s employment by the Company for Cause or by him for Good Reason, the procedural requirements set forth in the employment agreement must be satisfied.

Upon his resignation without Good Reason after July 7, 2022, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims, Mr. Scalzo is entitled to the Retirement Equity Treatment, subject to the Retirement Equity Forfeiture Provisions. Upon a termination of his employment due to death or disability, Mr. Scalzo is entitled to the Pro-Rata Bonus (which, in the event of a termination due to death, will be calculated based on his target annual bonus and paid within 30 days of death).

Mr. Mara’s severance agreement provides for severance benefits if the company terminates his employment without “cause” (as defined in the agreement) or if he resigns for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement). In the event of such termination or resignation, he is entitled to the continuation of his base salary for 12 months following his termination, subject to his compliance with the restrictive covenants in the agreement (as described above) and his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims.

If Mr. Mara is terminated as a result of a “permanent disability” (as defined in the agreement), he is entitled to: (1) a prorated portion of the annual performance-based cash incentive award earned for the year of termination (if any) calculated at the end of such year and paid on the same date that awards for such year are paid to other executives of the company; (2) any other amounts earned, accrued or owing but not yet paid; and (3) continued participation in employee welfare benefit plans which, by their terms, permit a former employee to participate. In the event of a termination due to his death, his estate is entitled to the payments set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, as well as any other benefits to which he would be entitled in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans and programs of the company.

If a “change of control” of the company occurs (which is undefined in the agreement), neither the company, nor its affiliates, nor any acquirer will have any obligation to make severance payments in connection with such change of control, unless Mr. Mara’s employment is terminated by the company without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in the agreement) in connection with such change of control.

Upon any termination of Mr. Mara’s employment, including a termination for “cause” or resignation other than for “good reason,” he is entitled to: (1) his base salary actually earned up to the date of termination and (2) any earned cash incentive award from the previous year not yet paid.

Mr. Parker’s employment letter provides for severance benefits if Mr. Parker’s employment is terminated without “cause” (which is undefined in the letter). In such instance, Mr. Parker is entitled to continue receiving his base salary for 12 months following his termination, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims.

In the event of a Qualifying Termination within the one-year period immediately following a change of control (as defined in the 2017 Long Term Incentive Plan), in addition to the severance benefits described above, Mr. Scalzo is entitled to accelerated vesting of all of his incentive equity awards outstanding as of the change of control, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims. Mr. Scalzo also is entitled to such accelerated vesting upon a Qualifying Change in Control (as defined in his employment agreement), regardless of whether a Qualifying Termination occurs.

Pursuant to Mr. Mara’s amended and restated option grant, dated February 2, 2016, upon a “change of control” (as defined in the option grant) that occurs prior to December 31, 2018, Mr. Mara is entitled to an “exit bonus” (as defined in the option grant) equal to the excess, if any, of $2 million over (i) the gross, pre-tax proceeds he receives with respect to his options (net of the exercise price for such options) and shares acquired through previously exercised options, in each case, in the change of control transaction, plus (ii) any other change of control bonuses or similar payments he receives that are contingent upon the change of control transaction. Mr. Mara’s entitlement to the exit bonus is subject to his continued employment with the company through the closing of the change of control transaction. The Business Combination qualified as a change of control under such option grant.

In 2013, Atkins entered into change in control bonus award agreements with Mr. Parker that provide for cash bonus payments payable upon a “change in control” (as defined in the agreement). The cash bonus payment payable under each agreement is determined by multiplying Mr. Parker’s “covered securities” (as defined in the respective agreements) by an amount designated in each agreement, and his entitlement to the cash bonus is subject to his compliance with the non-disclosure of trade secrets, confidentiality, and non-disparagement obligations and his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims. The maximum potential payments to Mr. Parker under these agreements at the time of the Business Combination (which qualified as a change in control under the agreement) was approximately $915,000 in the aggregate.

The table below sets forth information concerning the compensation of non-employee directors of Atkins who served in fiscal 2017 prior to the merger on July 7, 2017, and for the non-employee directors of the Company, serving after the merger through the fiscal year end on August 26, 2017. In addition to the amounts shown below, Atkins and the Company, respectively, also reimbursed all directors for travel expenses and other out-of-pocket costs incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings.

Our non-employee directors are required to own Company stock equal to four times such director’s annual retainer. Directors are expected to satisfy these guidelines within 5 years of becoming a director and may not sell any Company stock until they are in compliance with such guidelines.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue up to 600,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. As of the date of this prospectus, 70,562,477 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding, and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Simply Good Foods stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the voting shares are able to elect all of the directors.

Holders of common stock will be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor. In no event will any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on common stock unless the shares of common stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically.

In the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up, the holders of the common stock will be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all of our assets of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied.

Our stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to our common stock.

Simply Good Foods’ board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares of common stock outstanding are able to elect all of its directors. See “Management—Classified Board of Directors.”

Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions thereof. No shares of preferred stock are outstanding and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Each Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one whole share of our common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrantholder may exercise its Warrants only for a whole number of shares of common stock. The Warrants will expire on July 7, 2022, five years after the consummation of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

We are not obligated to deliver any shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of a Warrant and have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock underlying the Warrants is then effective and a prospectus relating thereto is current, subject to our satisfying our obligations described below with respect to registration. No Warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of common stock upon exercise of a Warrant unless the common stock issuable upon such Warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the Warrants. In the event that the conditions in the two immediately preceding sentences are not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the holder of such Warrant will not be entitled to exercise such Warrant and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless.

We have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of the Business Combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration, under the Securities Act, of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants. We will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following the Business Combination and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if our common stock is at the time of any exercise of a Warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public Warrants who exercise their Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

If and when the Warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

We have established the last of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is at the time of the call a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the Warrants, each Warrant holder will be entitled to exercise its Warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the common stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the Warrants for redemption as described above, we will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise its Warrant to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis,” we will consider, among other factors, our cash position, the number of Warrants that are outstanding and the dilutive effect on our stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of our Warrants. If we take advantage of this option, all holders of Warrants would pay the exercise price by surrendering their Warrants for that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of common stock underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the Warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of Warrants. If we take advantage of this option, the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of shares of common stock to be received upon exercise of the Warrants, including the “fair market value” in such case. Requiring a cashless exercise in this manner will reduce the number of shares to be issued and thereby lessen the dilutive effect of a Warrant redemption. We believe this feature is an attractive option to us if we do not need the cash from the exercise of the Warrants. If we call the Warrants for redemption and we do not take advantage of this option, Conyers Park Sponsor and its permitted transferees would still be entitled to exercise their private placement Warrants for cash or on a cashless basis using the same formula described above that other Warrant holders would have been required to use had all Warrant holders been required to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis, as described in more detail below.

A holder of a Warrant may notify us in writing in the event it elects to be subject to a requirement that such holder will not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the Warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (or such other amount as a holder may specify) of the shares of common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise.

If the number of outstanding shares of common stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of common stock, or by a split-up of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of common stock. A rights offering to holders of common stock entitling holders to purchase shares of common stock at a price less than the fair market value will be deemed a stock dividend of a number of shares of common stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of common stock actually sold in such rights offering (or issuable under any other equity securities sold in such rights offering that are convertible into or exercisable for common stock) multiplied by (ii) one (1) minus the quotient of (x) the price per share of common stock paid in such rights offering divided by (y) the fair market value. For these purposes (i) if the rights offering is for securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, in determining the price payable for common stock, there will be taken into account any consideration received for such rights, as well as any additional amount payable upon exercise or conversion and (ii) fair market value means the volume weighted average price of common stock as reported during the ten (10) trading day period ending on the trading day prior to the first date on which the shares of common stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive such rights.

In addition, if we, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of common stock on account of such shares of common stock (or other shares of our capital stock into which the Warrants are convertible), other than (a) as described above, or (b) certain ordinary cash dividends, then the Warrant exercise price will be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such event, by the amount of cash and/or the fair market value of any securities or other assets paid on each share of common stock in respect of such event.

If the number of outstanding shares of our common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each Warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of common stock.

Whenever the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as described above, the warrant exercise price will be adjusted by multiplying the warrant exercise price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which will be the number of shares of common stock purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which will be the number of shares of common stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding shares of common stock (other than those described above or that solely affects the par value of such shares of common stock), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of us with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which we are the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of its outstanding shares of common stock), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of us as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which we are dissolved, the holders of the Warrants will thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the shares of common stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the holder of the Warrants would have received if such holder had exercised their Warrants immediately prior to such event. If less than 70% of the consideration receivable by the holders of common stock in such a transaction is payable in the form of common stock in the successor entity that is listed for trading on a national securities exchange or is quoted in an established over-the-counter market, or is to be so listed for trading or quoted immediately following such event, and if the registered holder of the Warrant properly exercises the Warrant within thirty days following public disclosure of such transaction, the warrant exercise price will be reduced as specified in the warrant agreement based on the Black-Scholes value (as defined in the warrant agreement) of the Warrant.

The Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and Conyers Park. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public Warrants. The warrant agreement was amended and we assumed the obligations of Conyers Park under the warrant agreement in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

The Warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price (or on a cashless basis, if applicable), by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of Warrants being exercised. The Warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their Warrants and receive shares of common stock. After the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the Warrants, each holder will be entitled to one (1) vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. If, upon exercise of the Warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we, upon exercise, will round down to the nearest whole number of shares of common stock to be issued to the Warrant holder.

In connection with Conyers Park’s initial public offering, Conyers Park Sponsor purchased from Conyers Park an aggregate of 6,700,000 warrants in a private placement (including warrants required to be purchased in connection with the over-allotment option) at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”). Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of our common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by Conyers Park Sponsor or its permitted transferees. Conyers Park Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Private Placement Warrants (including the common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) until 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination.

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and the warrant agent for the Warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and our Bylaws

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have elected to opt out of the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) regulating corporate takeovers and instead the amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that is substantially similar to Section 203 of the DGCL but carves out certain of our affiliates and their transferees from the definition of “interested stockholder” and makes certain related changes. This provision prevents us, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with:

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. As a result, in most circumstances, a person will be able to gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at three or more annual meetings.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not only allow stockholders to act by written consent.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed prior to the expiration of their terms by stockholders only for cause or upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Company.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires that changes or amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws must be approved by at least 75% of the voting power of outstanding common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors; our board of directors is empowered to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death, or removal of a director in certain circumstances; and our advance notice procedures includes requirements that the stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting.

Our authorized but unissued common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing such suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

For a description of the Investor Rights Agreement between Simply Good Foods and each of Conyers Park Sponsor and Atkins Holdings LLC, please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—The Investor Rights Agreements.”

Our common stock and warrants are listed on NASDAQ under the symbols “SMPL” and “SMPL.W,” respectively.

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 12 months (or such shorter period as we were required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock or warrants for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

Sales by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

As of July 7, 2017, the date of the consummation of the Business Combination, we are no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities so long as such conditions continue to be satisfied.

The following table sets forth information known to us regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of November 10, 2017 by:

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

The beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock is based on 70,562,477 shares outstanding.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by the individuals below:

Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC.

Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (“Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR Co”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees.

This prospectus relates to the resale by the Selling Stockholders from time to time of up to 18,945,674 shares of our Common Stock. The Selling Stockholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the Common Stock set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Stockholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Stockholders’ interest in the Common Stock other than through a public sale.

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Stockholders, and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Selling Stockholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus. The percentages of shares of Common Stock owned by a particular holder are based on 70,562,477 shares of common stock that are outstanding as of September 28, 2017, determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

For certain additional information for each Selling Stockholder set forth in the above table, see “Principal Stockholders.”

We cannot advise you as to whether the Selling Stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such shares of Common Stock.

Selling Stockholder information for each additional Selling Stockholder, if any, will be set forth by prospectus supplement to the extent required prior to the time of any offer or sale of such Selling Stockholder’s shares pursuant to this prospectus. Any prospectus supplement may add, update, substitute, or change the information contained in this prospectus, including the identity of each Selling Stockholder and the number of shares registered on its behalf. A Selling Stockholder may sell or otherwise transfer all, some or none of such shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distributions.”

Compensation arrangements with our named executive officers and directors are described elsewhere in this prospectus. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

On April 10, 2017, Conyers Park entered into the Merger Agreement to effect the Business Combination. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Simply Good Foods paid at the consummation of the Business Combination with respect to the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. (which does not include any shares issuable pursuant to Exercised Option Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement), the “Company Common Stock”), and the Exercised Option Shares, an aggregate amount of $730,125,000, subject to customary purchase price adjustments (the “Merger Consideration”). The Merger Consideration consisted of, and was allocated between, 10,250,000 shares of our common stock (at a reference price of $10.00 per share) and an amount of cash equal to the Merger Consideration minus $102,500,000.00. The shares of Class A common stock of Conyers Park issued and outstanding at the closing were canceled and converted automatically into the right to receive one share of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions. Each warrant to purchase shares of Conyers Park common stock issued and outstanding at the closing were converted into a warrant to purchase our common stock.

Each issued and outstanding share of common stock of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc., excluding certain shares of to be canceled pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Exercised Option Shares and any Company Dissenting Shares (as defined in the Merger Agreement), was canceled and converted automatically into the right to receive the following: (i) an amount in cash equal to the Cash Amount (as defined in the Merger Agreement) rounded up to the nearest whole cent; (ii) a number of shares of our common stock equal to the Stock Amount (as defined in the Merger Agreement); and (iii) a contingent right to a portion of the Escrow Amount (as defined in the Merger Agreement), Administrative Expense Amount (as defined in the Merger Agreement), any additional consideration received pursuant to the purchase price adjustment in Section 2.12 of the Merger Agreement, any Bonus Repayment Amount (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and any amounts payable pursuant to the Tax Receivables Agreement (as defined below) (clauses (i) through (iii) collectively, the “Stock Consideration”), in each case, payable, without interest, to the applicable Company Stockholder (as defined in the Merger Agreement) in accordance with the Merger Agreement.

Prior to the closing, holders of options to purchase common stock of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. had the opportunity to exercise their vested options. Such exercised vested options were cancelled and terminated at the closing and the holders of such options were entitled to the Exercised Option Shares Consideration (as defined in the Merger Agreement). All options that were either unvested or unexercised were cancelled at the closing.

Any outstanding warrants to purchase common stock of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. were sold to NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the Warrant Agreement (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and cancelled at the closing and the holder of the warrant was entitled to receive the consideration set forth in the Warrant Agreement (as defined in the Merger Agreement).

At the closing of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods, Conyers Park Sponsor and Atkins Holdings LLC entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Atkins Holdings Investor Rights Agreement”) providing for, among other things, subject to the terms thereof, customary registration rights, including demand and piggy-back rights subject to cut-back provisions, and information rights in favor of Atkins Holdings LLC. Simply Good Foods has agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement to register Atkins Holdings LLC’s shares at any time that Simply Good Foods is eligible to do so. Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, Atkins Holdings LLC will agree not to sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of common stock in Simply Good Foods it receives in connection with the Business Combination for 180 days from the closing of the Business Combination, as well as to certain other lock-up provisions set forth therein.

In addition, pursuant to the Atkins Holdings Investor Rights Agreement, for so long as Atkins Holdings LLC holds approximately 50% of its shares of common stock it held on the closing of the merger, it will have the right to nominate one director to serve on the Board of Directors of Simply Good Foods as a Class III Director or, if it chooses not to do so or its nominated director resigns or is removed and is not replaced or nominated in accordance with the Investor Rights Agreement, to select one non-voting observer to participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors. Sponsor and its affiliates have agreed to vote their respective shares of common stock then beneficially owned in favor of the election or appointment of Atkins Holdings LLC’s director. Atkins Holdings LLC’s director will also serve on a standing committee of the Board of Directors chosen by Atkins Holdings LLC.

On July 7, 2017, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods and Conyers Park Sponsor entered into an Investor Rights Agreement (the “Conyers Park Investor Rights Agreement” and, together with the Atkins Holdings Investor Rights Agreement, the “Investor Rights Agreements”). The Conyers Park Investor Rights Agreement provides for, among other things, subject to the terms thereof, customary registration rights, including demand and piggy-back rights subject to cut-back provisions. Simply Good Foods has agreed to file a shelf registration statement to register Conyers Park Sponsor’s shares within 180 days of Closing. Pursuant to the Conyers Park Investor Rights Agreement, Conyers Park Sponsor will agree not to sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of common stock in Simply Good Foods it receives in connection with the Business Combination for 180 days from the Closing, subject to certain exceptions.

In addition, pursuant to the Conyers Park Investor Rights Agreement, for so long as Conyers Park Sponsor holds at least 50% of its shares of common stock it holds at Closing, it will have the right to nominate three directors to serve on the Board, and for so long as Conyers Park Sponsor holds at least 25% of its shares of common stock it holds at Closing, it will have the right to nominate one director to serve on the Board.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, we entered into an Income Tax Receivable Agreement with Roark Capital Acquisition, as the Stockholders Representative (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”). The Tax Receivable Agreement generally provides for the payment by Simply Good Foods to the Selling Equityholders for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized (as further described below) in post-closing taxable periods by Simply Good Foods, Conyers Park, NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and its eligible subsidiaries (collectively, the “Tax Group”) from the use of up to $100 million of the following tax attributes: (i) net operating losses available to be carried forward as of the closing of the Business Combination; (ii) certain deductions generated by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement; and (iii) remaining depreciable tax basis from the 2003 acquisition of Atkins Nutritionals, Inc. In addition, Simply Good Foods will pay Roark Capital Acquisition, acting as the Stockholders’ Representative, on behalf of the Selling Equityholders for the use of 75% of up to $7.6 million of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards (such alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards and the tax attributes described in clauses (i)-(iii) of the previous sentence, collectively, the “Tax Attributes”).

Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Tax Group is generally deemed to realize a tax benefit from the use of a Tax Attribute on a “with and without” basis, thereby generally treating the Tax Attribute as the last item used, except: (i) if in a given year a Tax Attribute would have been used but for Simply Good Foods or one of its subsidiaries having completed an acquisition of one or more business entities (e.g., a new acquisition provides tax attributes that offset income that otherwise would have been offset by a Tax Attribute), then the Tax Group will be deemed to realize the benefit it would have realized in the absence of the subsequent acquisition, until the aggregate tax benefits for that year equals $13.2 million (with any excess carried forward and paid in a year when the realized tax benefit is otherwise less than $13.2 million); and (ii) if the applicable corporate tax rate (and resulting realized tax benefit) is lower than it would have been but for a change of the taxable year after the closing date of the Business Combination (e.g., because the change in tax year enabled the Tax Group to benefit sooner from a legislative rate reduction), then the realized tax benefit will be calculated using the original higher rate (solely for U.S. federal tax purposes) for twelve months following the change of taxable year. Generally, Simply Good Foods will pay the Stockholders’ Representative for the deemed realized tax benefit for each taxable year, except that the amount payable will be adjusted if the realized tax benefit for prior taxable years is subsequently re-determined to be lower or higher than originally calculated (e.g., due to an audit that invalidates a deduction). In addition, any amount otherwise payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be reduced by the amount of any pre-closing income taxes of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. borne by Simply Good Foods (and any tax deductions arising from such income tax are generally treated as additional Tax Attributes). The Stockholders’ Representative is not required to repay any amounts previously paid under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

As a result of the foregoing, in certain circumstances (i) Simply Good Foods could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than or less than the actual tax savings that the Tax Group realizes in respect of the Tax Attributes and (ii) it is possible that Simply Good Foods may be required to make payments years in advance of the actual realization of tax benefits in respect of the Tax Attributes. In these situations, Simply Good Foods’ obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have an adverse impact on Simply Good Foods’ liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that Simply Good Foods will be able to finance its obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement in a manner that does not adversely affect its working capital and growth requirements.

NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and its then principal stockholder, Atkins Holdings LLC, previously entered into shareholder agreements with each of the other stockholders of Atkins, including Mr. Scalzo, its chief executive officer, and Mr. Gandert, its Chief Customer/Business Development Officer, which set forth certain rights and restrictions with respect to the ownership of shares of common stock of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc.

These shareholder agreements were terminated in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. was a party to an amended and restated management advisory and consulting services agreement, dated April 3, 2013 (the “Management Agreement”), with Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”), pursuant to which Roark provided management consulting services to NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and received specified consideration for such services. The management consulting services generally consisted of advice concerning management, finance, marketing, strategic planning and such other services as was requested from time to time by NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc.

Pursuant to an arrangement with the then majority stockholder, NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. was obligated to pay a management fee of the greater of $900,000 or an amount equal to 2% of consolidated adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the debt arrangements of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc., which could be prorated upon a fiscal year-end change. Annual reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses were limited to $200,000. During the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 and the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013, the management fee expense was approximately $1.7 million, $0.9 million, $1.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively. The Management Agreement also included customary indemnification provisions in favor of Roark.

Simply Good Foods terminated the management agreement in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination; however, certain indemnification obligations still remain in effect.

On January 10, 2014, NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. entered into a contingent stock purchase agreement with Robert C. Gandert, our Chief Customer/Business Development Officer, pursuant to which Mr. Gandert had the right to sell and to require NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. to purchase 750 shares of common stock of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. held by Mr. Gandert for an aggregate purchase price of $891,088. The agreement was subject to Mr. Gandert’s continued employment with NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc., and contained other provisions relating to, among other things, a general release of claims against NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and affiliates of Roark. Simply Good Foods completed the transactions contemplated by the stock purchase agreement in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination.

Simultaneously with the commencement of Conyers Park’s initial public offering, Conyers Park completed the private sale of 6,700,000 warrants at a purchase price of $1.50 per warrant, to Conyers Park Sponsor, generating gross proceeds to us of $10,050,000. The private placement warrants were substantially similar to the warrants sold as part of the units issued in Conyers Park’s initial public offering, except that if held by the original holder or their permitted assigns, they (i) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, (ii) are not subject to being called for redemption and (iii) subject to certain limited exceptions, are subject to transfer restrictions until 30 days following the consummation of the Business Combination. If the warrants are held by holders other than its initial holder, the warrants will be redeemable by Conyers Park and exercisable by holders on the same basis as the warrants issued as part of the units in Conyers Park’s initial public offering.

In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the private placement warrants were converted into Warrants to purchase our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Warrants.”

In connection with the Conyers Park initial public offering, Conyers Park Sponsor and certain of our independent directors that were previously directors of Conyers Park entered into a registration rights agreement with Conyers Park, entitling them to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights with respect to the equity securities of Conyers Park. In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, such registration rights agreement was superseded by the Conyers Park Investor Rights Agreement.

On July 14, 2016, in connection with its initial public offering, Conyers Park entered into an Administrative Services Agreement with Conyers Park Sponsor, pursuant to which Conyers Park paid $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and administrative support (the “Administrative Services Agreement”). Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, the Administrative Services Agreement was terminated.

Simply Good Foods’ audit committee must review and approve any related person transaction it proposes to enter into. Our audit committee charter details the policies and procedures relating to transactions that may present actual, potential or perceived conflicts of interest and may raise questions as to whether such transactions are consistent with the best interest of Simply Good Foods and our stockholders. A summary of such policies and procedures is set forth below.

Any potential related party transaction that is brought to the audit committee’s attention will be analyzed by the audit committee, in consultation with outside counsel or members of management, as appropriate, to determine whether the transaction or relationship does, in fact, constitute a related party transaction. At its meetings, the audit committee will be provided with the details of each new, existing or proposed related party transaction, including the terms of the transaction, the business purpose of the transaction and the benefits to us and to the relevant related party.

In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the audit committee must consider, among other factors, the following factors to the extent relevant:

Any member of the audit committee who has an interest in the transaction under discussion must abstain from any voting regarding the transaction, but may, if so requested by the chairman of the audit committee, participate in some or all of the audit committee’s discussions of the transaction. Upon completion of its review of the transaction, the audit committee may determine to permit or to prohibit the transaction.

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This summary deals only with shares of our common stock that are purchased by a non-U.S. holder in this offering and that will be held by such non-U.S. holder as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment).

For purposes of the discussion regarding U.S. federal income tax consequences, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, rulings and other administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations described in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation (such as the alternative minimum tax or the unearned income Medicare contribution tax and does not address any aspects of other U.S. federal taxes (such as gift taxes) or state, local or non-U.S. taxes that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate or an entity subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules, a bank or other financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a regulated investment company, a real estate investment trust, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity), a person who acquired shares of our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment).

We have not sought and do not expect to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock that differ from those discussed below.

The discussion below assumes that no item of income or gain in respect of shares of our common stock at any time will be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder. If you are a non-U.S. holder conducting a U.S. trade or business and your income or gain in respect of shares of our common stock is effectively connected with such U.S. trade or business, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax (including branch profits tax) consequences resulting from your investment in shares of our common stock.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

In general, cash distributions on shares of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing your tax basis in our common stock (determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero, and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale of stock (the treatment of which is discussed below under “—Gain on Disposition of Shares of Common Stock”).

As discussed under “Dividends” above, we do not currently anticipate paying any cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In the event that we do pay dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to the discussions below of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), such dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate (and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below) for dividends generally will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if shares of our common stock are held through certain non-U.S. intermediaries (including certain non-U.S. partnerships), to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. This certification must be provided to us (or, if applicable, our paying agent) prior to the payment to the non-U.S. holder of any dividends, and may be required to be updated periodically.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Subject to the discussions below of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined below), any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, unless:

We will be a USRPHC if at any time that the fair market value of our “United States real property interests,” as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than five percent of our outstanding common stock at some time during the applicable period, but there can be no assurance that our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market. You should consult your tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury (generally on an applicable IRS Form W-8) that it is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is such a United States person), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a “United States person” as defined under the Code (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is such a United States person), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)) on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, FATCA may impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and, once effective, on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock, in each case, paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code), unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, including providing sufficient documentation evidencing its compliance (or deemed compliance with FATCA), (ii) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (i) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Alternatively, foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits.

Under the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on shares of our common stock and, pursuant to current administrative guidance, is expected to apply to payments of gross proceeds made after December 31, 2018. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

Shares of our common stock that are owned (or deemed to be owned) at the time of death by a non-U.S. holder (as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) who is an individual will be includable in such non-U.S. holder’s taxable estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

THE SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

The Selling Stockholders, which as used herein includes donees, pledgees, transferees, distributees or other successors-in-interest selling shares of our Common Stock or interests in shares of our Common Stock received after the date of this prospectus from the Selling Stockholders as a gift, pledge, partnership distribution or other transfer, may, from time to time, sell, transfer, distribute or otherwise dispose of certain of their shares of our Common Stock or interests in shares of our Common Stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices.

The Selling Stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of shares or interests therein:

The Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some of the shares of our Common Stock owned by them and, if a Selling Stockholder defaults in the performance of its secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of our Common Stock, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment or supplement to this prospectus amending the list of the Selling Stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as the Selling Stockholders under this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders also may transfer the shares of our Common Stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of our Common Stock or interests therein, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our Common Stock in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell shares of our Common Stock short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge our Common Stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial Institution of shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Stockholders from the sale of our Common Stock offered by them will be the purchase price of our Common Stock less discounts or commissions, if any. The Selling Stockholders reserve the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of our Common Stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from any offering by the Selling Stockholders.

The Selling Stockholders also may in the future resell a portion of the shares of our Common Stock in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of that rule, or pursuant to other available exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The Selling Stockholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of our Common Stock or interests therein may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the shares of our Common Stock may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. If any Selling Stockholder is an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, then the Selling Stockholder will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Underwriters and their controlling persons, dealers and agents may be entitled, under agreements entered into with us and the Selling Stockholders, to indemnification against and contribution toward specific civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

To the extent required, the shares of our Common Stock to be sold, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agents, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

To facilitate the offering of the shares of our Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Common Stock. This may include over-allotments or short sales, which involve the sale by persons participating in the offering of more shares than were sold to them. In these circumstances, these persons would cover such over-allotments or short positions by making purchases in the open market or by exercising their over-allotment option, if any. In addition, these persons may stabilize or maintain the price of our Common Stock by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market or by imposing penalty bids, whereby selling concessions allowed to dealers participating in the offering may be reclaimed if shares sold by them are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our Common Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.

Under the Investor Rights Agreements, we have agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholders party thereto against certain liabilities that they may incur in connection with the sale of the securities registered hereunder, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the Selling Stockholders may be required to make with respect thereto. In addition, we and the Selling Stockholders may agree to indemnify any underwriter, broker-dealer or agent against certain liabilities related to the selling of the securities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

We have agreed to maintain the effectiveness of this registration statement until all such securities have been sold under this registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are no longer outstanding. We have agreed to pay all expenses in connection with this offering, but not including underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses; however, the Selling Stockholders will pay, on a pro rata basis, any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses relating to the offering. This summary of the terms of the Investor Rights Agreements and other statements relating thereto do not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the full text of the Investor Rights Agreements, copies of which have been filed as Exhibit 10.1 and Exhibit 10.2 to this registration statement.

Selling Stockholders may use this prospectus in connection with resales of the Common Stock. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will identify the Selling Stockholders, the terms of the Common Stock and any material relationships between us and the Selling Stockholders. Selling Stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act in connection with the Common Stock they resell and any profits on the sales may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Unless otherwise set forth in a prospectus supplement, the Selling Stockholders will receive all the net proceeds from the resale of the Common Stock.

A Selling Stockholder that is an entity may elect to make an in-kind distribution of shares of common stock to its members, partners or shareholder pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus. To the extent that such members, partners or shareholders are not affiliates of ours, such members, partners or shareholders would thereby receive freely tradable shares of Common Stock pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement.

We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares of our common stock to be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus, which we expect to be approximately $122,000.

Certain legal matters relating to the validity of the common stock to be issued hereunder will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York.

The consolidated financial statements of The Simply Good Foods Company (successor) at August 26, 2017 and for the period July 7, 2017 through August 27, 2016 and the consolidated financial statements of NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (predecessor) at August 27, 2016 and for the period August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, 52-week periods ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, included in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The audited financial statements of Conyers Park Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2016 and for the period from April 20, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on a report of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein given on the authority of said firm, as experts in auditing and accounting.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We have also filed a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus (File No. 333-220775). This prospectus is part of the registration statement, but does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement or the exhibits. You may read and copy the registration statement and any other document that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the internet at a website maintained by the SEC located at http://www.sec.gov.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(In Thousands, Except for shares data)

Conyers Park Acquisition Corp (“Conyers Park”) was formed on April 20, 2016, as a special purpose acquisition company (“SPAC”) for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

The Simply Good Foods Company (“Simply Good Foods”), was formed by Conyers Park on March 30, 2017. On April 10, 2017, Conyers Park and NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. (“Atkins”) announced that they entered into a definitive agreement (the “Merger Agreement”). On July 7, 2017, (the “Closing Date”), pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Conyers Park merged into Simply Good Foods which acquired Atkins. As a result, both entities became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Simply Good Foods. Simply Good Foods was listed on the NASDAQ stock exchange under the symbol “SMPL” upon the consummation of the transaction (the “Business Combination”). Atkins was formerly owned by Roark Capital Management, LLC (“Roark”).

The Business Combination resulted in Conyers Park controlling the board of directors of the combined entity. As a result, for accounting purposes, Simply Good Foods is the Business Combination acquirer and the accounting “successor” while Atkins is the acquiree and accounting “predecessor”. Our financial statement presentation includes the financial statements of Atkins as “predecessor” for all periods prior to the Closing Date and of Simply Good Foods, including the consolidation of Atkins, for periods after the Closing Date. For convenience supplemental 52-week pro forma combined fiscal information is included within “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that gives effect to the Business Combination as if such transaction had been consummated on August 28, 2016. References to information provided for 2017 on a pro forma combined basis refer to such supplemental pro forma financial information. See Note 3. Business Combinations, for a detailed discussion of the Business Combination.

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer, for periods prior to the completion of the Business Combination, to Atkins and its subsidiaries, and, for periods upon or after the completion of the Business Combination, to Simply Good Foods and its subsidiaries.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

During 2015, Atkins changed its fiscal year-end to the last Saturday in August. As a result of the Business Combination and the change in fiscal year, the financial information presented within the financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) including Regulation S-X. The accompanying financial statements include consolidated balance sheet information for the successor period ending August 26, 2017 and predecessor period ending August 27, 2016. The remaining financial statements include the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014.

Simply Good Foods operates in the healthy snacking category. The Atkins brand approach focuses on a healthy eating approach with reduced levels of refined carbohydrates and refined sugars and encourages the consumption of lean protein, fiber, fruits, vegetables, and good fats. The Company sells a variety of nutrition bars, shakes, and frozen meals designed around the nutrition principles of the Atkins eating approach.

The Company has experienced in the past, and expects to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in sales as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, sales have been greatest in the first calendar quarter as the Company sells product to retail locations, which sell to consumers in the second fiscal quarter, primarily driven by the post-holiday diet season. The Company has also seen minimal seasonality with the summer diet season and back to school shopping in the third and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively. The period of the lowest sales has historically been the fourth fiscal quarter. The Company believes these consumer spending patterns are driven primarily by the predisposition of consumers to adjust their approach to nutrition at certain times of the year as well as the timing of the Company’s advertising linked with key customer promotion windows.

On September 1, 2016, the agreement with Bellisio Foods to license Atkins’ frozen meals resulting in royalty income became effective. Royalty income is recorded in net sales for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. In prior periods, frozen sales and related profitability was included in net sales and operating income. For a further discussion of this agreement, see Note 17. Significant Agreement, in the notes to the Financial Statements.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, deposits available on demand, and other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Because of the short maturity of these investments, the carrying amounts approximate their fair value.

We maintain cash balances in six financial institutions. The Company holds material cash balances in the U.S. which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to $0.3 million per institution. From time to time, the Company’s balances may exceed these limits. As of August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, uninsured cash balances were approximately $56.1 million and $78.2 million, respectively. As a result of the acquisition of Wellness Foods, discussed in Note 3. Business Combinations, the Company has banking relationships in Canada subject to the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation which insures up to CAD $0.1 million per institution. As of August 26, 2017, the Company had uninsured CAD $3.1 million related to Wellness Foods banking relationships. The Company believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash.

The Company estimates the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon a review of outstanding receivables, historical collection information and fiscal strength of customer. Normally, accounts receivable are due within 30 days after the date of the invoice. Receivables more than 90 days old are considered past due. Accounts receivable are written off when they are determined to be uncollectible. The Company’s policy for estimating allowances for doubtful accounts with respect to receivables is to record an allowance based on a historical evaluation of write-offs, aging of balances, and other quantitative and qualitative analysis. At August 26, 2017, and August 27, 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

The Company estimates allowances to reflect commitments made to customers for customer-executed promotional activities and other incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, price protection, promotions, and volume-based incentives, as well as damaged and aged customer inventory. These allowances are based on historical evaluations, both qualitative and quantitative, as well as the Company’s best estimate of current activity. The allowances for customer programs and other incentive offerings are recorded at the time the incentive is offered or at the time of revenue recognition for the underlying transaction that results in progress by the customer toward earning the incentive. The Company’s allowances for these commitments are recorded as a reduction to both accounts receivables and net sales. As of August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, accounts receivable included commitments of $7.8 million and $9.6 million, respectively.

Inventories, which consist of nutrition bars, shakes, frozen meals and packaging material, are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined using standard costs which approximate costs determined on the first-in, first-out method, and with market defined as the lower of replacement cost or realizable value. Inventories consist materially of finished goods.

As a result of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods recorded a one-time inventory fair value step-up of $6.0 million, as determined in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”). Refer to Note 3. Business Combinations for additional information regarding the transaction. The one-time inventory fair value step-up impacts cost of goods sold of the successor period.

Property and equipment are stated at cost or the allocated fair value in purchase accounting, net of accumulated depreciation. The costs of additions and betterments that substantially extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized and the expenditures for ordinary repairs and maintenance are expensed in the period incurred. When items of property and equipment are sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in other income.

Depreciation of property and equipment is provided utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement utilizing the straight-line method.

The Company determines whether there has been an impairment of long-lived assets, excluding goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of any long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable. There were no indicators of impairment in the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 or the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, or the fiscal years ending August 27, 2016, August 29, 2015, and December 27, 2014.

Goodwill and intangible assets result primarily from the Business Combination and acquisitions including the 2011 acquisition of the Company by Roark. Intangible assets primarily include brands and trademarks with indefinite lives and customer-related relationships with finite lives. Upon acquisition, the purchase price is first allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities, including customer-related intangible assets and trademarks, with any remaining purchase price recorded as goodwill.

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The Company reviews for impairment indicators of finite-lived intangibles and other long-lived assets as described in the “Property and Equipment” significant accounting policy.

The Company’s research and development activities primarily consist of generating and testing new product concepts, new flavors, and packaging and are primarily internal. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred as they primarily relate to compensation, facility costs and purchased research and development services, materials and supplies. Research and development costs are included in general and administrative expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss). The Company’s total research and development expenses were $0.4 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $1.9 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, and $2.1 million, $1.4 million, and $2.1 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

Income taxes include federal, state, and foreign taxes currently payable and deferred taxes arising from temporary differences between income for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement balances and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the fiscal year that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of product when (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the price is fixed or determinable, (iii) title and risk of loss pass to the customer at the time of delivery and (iv) there is reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. The Company records estimated reductions to revenue for customer programs, slotting fees and incentive offerings, including special pricing agreements, price protection, promotions and other volume-based incentives at the time the incentive is offered or at the time of revenue recognition for the underlying transaction that results in progress by the customer toward earning the incentive. Some of these incentives are recorded by estimating costs based on Atkins’ historical experience and expected levels of performance of the trade promotion.

Production costs related to television commercials are expensed when first aired. All other advertising costs are expensed when incurred through selling and marketing. Total advertising costs were $3.8 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $26.6 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017; and $27.8 million, $23.0 million, and $27.7 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

Production costs related to television commercials not yet aired are included in prepaid expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Production costs included $1.2 million and nil related to television commercials not yet aired at August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, respectively.

Costs associated with products shipped to customers are recognized in distribution in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss). The Company’s cost of sales does not include shipping and handling amounts related to the delivery to the buyer. Costs of $2.8 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $15.0 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017 were recorded and $18.5 million, $11.4 million, and $19.5 million associated with products shipped to customers in the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The objective of ASU No. 2014-09 is to outline a new, single comprehensive model to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers. The new revenue recognition model provides a five-step analysis for determining when and how revenue is recognized, depicting the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. On July 9, 2015, the FASB voted to delay the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year to fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2017. An entity may elect to early adopt as of the original effective date, fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing which provides additional clarification regarding identifying performance obligations and licensing. In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-19, 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. These ASUs will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP and, due to the Business Combination, will be effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2019. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective (cumulative effect) transition method and the Company has not yet selected which transition method to apply.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements (Subtopic 205-40) - Going Concern: Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU No. 2014-15 explicitly requires management to evaluate, at each annual or interim reporting period, whether there are conditions or events that exist which raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures. ASU No. 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and annual and interim periods thereafter, with early adoption permitted. The Company has evaluated the adoption of this new standard on its financial statement disclosures and does not anticipate there to be an impact.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) - Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The amendments clarify that an entity should measure inventory within the scope of this update at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Substantial and unusual losses that result from subsequent measurement of inventory should be disclosed in the financial statements. The Company has adopted the new accounting standard in the interim period ending February 25, 2017 and no adjustments were made to the inventory balance as a result of the adoption.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10). This new standard enhances the reporting model for financial instruments regarding certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure. The provisions of this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. This ASU is to be applied using a cumulative-effect adjustment to the balance sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption. This ASU is effective for the Company’s August 2018 fiscal year end. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this new standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The standard requires lessees to recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases on the balance sheet. A lessee should recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2019. The amendments should be applied at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is currently evaluating the effects adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The pronouncement simplifies the accounting for income tax consequences of share-based payment transactions. The new guidance requires that all of the tax related to share-based payments be recorded in earnings at settlement (or expiration). This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Simply Good Foods Company adopted this accounting pronouncement on a prospective basis within the successor period of the financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The new guidance is intended to eliminate diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The new standard is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for all entities, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective transition method. This new standard is effective for the Company starting in fiscal year 2019. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The amended standard simplifies how an entity tests goodwill by eliminating Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The amended standard also modifies the concept of impairment from the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value to the condition that exists when the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. The new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal 2020. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance on its goodwill impairment testing.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805), to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. The provisions of this ASU provide a more robust framework to use in determining when a set of assets and activities is a business by clarifying the requirements related to inputs, processes, and outputs. These provisions are to be applied prospectively and are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods. This ASU is effective for the Company’s 2019 fiscal year end. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this new standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. The amended standard specifies the modification accounting applicable to any entity which changes the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The new guidance is effective for all entities after December 2017. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not anticipate adoption of this new standard will be material to its consolidated financial statements.

Upon the consummation of the Business Combination, and though a number of sub-mergers discussed in Note 1. Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation of the consolidated financial statements, Conyers Park merged into Simply Good Foods which subsequently acquired, and obtained control over Atkins. As a result of the Business Combination, Simply Good Foods is the acquirer for accounting purposes, and Atkins is the acquiree and accounting predecessor. The Company’s financial statement presentation distinguishes a “Predecessor” for Atkins for periods prior to the Closing Date. The Company is the “Successor” for periods after the Closing Date, which includes consolidation of Atkins subsequent to the Business Combination. The Merger was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting, and the Successor financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting that is based on the fair value of the net assets acquired. The historical financial information of Conyers Park, prior to the Business Combination, are not reflected in the Predecessor financial statements as those amounts are considered de-minimus. The financial statements of Conyers Park are included in the post-merger Successor entity, which includes balance sheet and equity items of Conyers Park assumed by Simply Good Foods through the transaction. As a result of the application of the acquisition method of accounting as of the Closing Date, the financial statements for the Predecessor period and for the Successor period are presented on a different basis of accounting and are therefore not comparable.

The Business Combination is accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). ASC 805 requires, among other things, that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values, as determined in accordance with ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements, as of the Business Combination date. Consistent with the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Atkins have been recorded at their respective fair values and added to those of Conyers Park. ASC 805 establishes a measurement period to provide the Company with a reasonable amount of time to obtain the information necessary to identify and measure various items in a business combination and cannot extend beyond one year from the acquisition date.

The Business Combination was funded by Conyers Park through a combination of cash, stock, and debt financing. Cash sources of funding included $404.0 million of cash held in Conyers Park’s trust account, $100.0 million from private placement equity investment, $200.0 million in new term loan debt, and $0.2 million of cash on hand at Conyers Park. Upon the close of the transaction, a total of $8.1 million was paid in debt issuance costs related to the new term loan, $8.1 million was paid in deferred equity issuance costs related to the original IPO of Conyers Park, $3.0 million was paid related to the private placement equity issuance costs, and $12.4 million of cash was paid in acquisition-related transaction costs incurred by Conyers Park. As an integrated part of the closing of the Business Combination, $284.0 million of cash was paid to retire the predecessor long term debt of Atkins. The acquisition-related transaction costs incurred by Conyers Park are reflected within the opening accumulated deficit within the Simply Good Foods consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity.

In connection with this change in control, the assets and liabilities of Atkins were recorded at their respective fair value on the closing date by application of the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed by ASC 805 and ASC 820. The selling equity holders of Atkins, primarily Roark, received approximately $815.2 million in total consideration, inclusive of 10.2 million shares of common stock of Simply Good Foods valued at $11.47 per share or $117.6 million in equity consideration at fair value. The selling equity owners are also entitled to future cash payments pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “TRA”) which had a fair value of $25.7 million as of the close of the transaction. The TRA obligation was recorded at its acquisition-date fair value and classified as a liability. The TRA generally provides for the payment by Simply Good Foods to the Atkins’ selling equity holders for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Simply Good Foods, Conyers Park, Atkins and Atkins’ eligible subsidiaries from the use of up to $100 million of the following tax attributes: (i) net operating losses available to be carried forward as of the closing of the Business Combination; (ii) certain deductions generated by the consummation of the business transaction; and (iii) remaining depreciable tax basis from the 2003 acquisition of Atkins Nutritionals, Inc. The TRA is contingent consideration and subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability will be recognized in earnings. As of August 26, 2017, the initial estimated fair value of these contingent payments is $25.7 million which has been recorded as a liability and represents 100% of the value of the recorded tax attributes (refer to Note 9. Income Taxes for additional discussion on the TRA).

The predecessor financial statements of Atkins’ include business combination related seller costs of $2.0 million related to legal costs, $8.6 million of contingent success fees to an investment banker providing advisory services triggered by the transaction, and $13.8 million of contingent change-in-control bonuses. These seller costs are recorded within business combination transaction costs within the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

The following summarizes the preliminary estimated fair value of the Business Combination, pending finalization per the terms of the Merger Agreement.

The Company has recorded a preliminary allocation of the purchase price to Predecessor’s tangible and identified intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, based on their fair values as of the closing date. The purchase price allocation is preliminary, may change, and will be completed prior to the measurement period prescribed by ASC 805. The preliminary July 7, 2017 fair value is as follows (in thousands):

(1) Goodwill and intangible assets were recorded at fair value consistent with ASC 820 as a result of the Business Combination. Intangible assets consist of brands and trademarks, customer relationships, proprietary recipes and formulas and licensing agreements. The useful lives of the intangible assets are disclosed in Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements. The fair value measurement of the assets and liabilities was based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements within the fair value measurement hierarchy. Level 3 fair market values were determined using a variety of information, including estimated future cash flows, appraisals, and market comparable data and companies.

(2) As a result of the increase in the fair value of the intangible asset the deferred income taxes were step-up by $50.7 million.

(3) Amounts recorded for goodwill are generally not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The purchase price is pending finalization per the terms of the Merger Agreement and the TRA. The final determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is expected to be completed as soon as practicable after completion of the Business Combination, including a period of time to finalize working capital adjustments. The final determinations will not be in excess of one year of the time of the transaction, consistent with ASC 805.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined entity’s results as if the Business Combination had occurred on August 30, 2015:

These pro forma results include certain adjustments, primarily due to decreases in amortization expense due to the changes in useful lives of intangible assets and decreases in interest expense due to the refinancing of Atkins debt. The unaudited 2016 pro forma financial statements also reflect the impact of the Atkins license arrangement for frozen meals sold in the U.S. by Bellisio. The pro forma information is not intended to represent or be indicative of the actual results of operations of the combined entity that would have been reported had the Business Combination been completed on August 30, 2015, nor is it representative of future operating results of the Company.

On December 21, 2016, the predecessor company acquired Wellness Foods, Inc. (“Wellness Foods”), a Canadian-based company and owner of the Simply Protein line of products. The Company paid $20.1 million to acquire Wellness Foods. The Company incurred $0.7 million in transaction which are recorded within business combination transaction costs within the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Wellness Foods is based in Toronto, Canada, and manufactures, markets and distributes protein rich snack foods that offer clean eating, optimal ingredients and innovative nutrition. The acquisition of Wellness Foods expanded the portfolio of protein rich products and provided new product capabilities to support the Atkins’ brand of “low-carb”, “effective weight-management” and “protein-rich” diet. The Company has included Wellness Foods’ results of operations in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Income from the date of acquisition.

The acquisition was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition have been recorded at their fair values. The fair values were determined by management based in part on an independent valuation of assets acquired, which included intangible assets of approximately $4.9 million and relate primarily to trade-names and customer relationship subject to amortization over a 15 year term. Approximately $0.8 million of amortizable intangible assets were identified at the time of the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in relation to the acquisition of Wellness Foods on December 21, 2016, prior to the Business Combination and the fair value assessment performed over the predecessor Atkins entity.

The acquisition of Wellness Foods was deemed to not be material to the Company under Item 3-05 of Regulation S-X, and, therefore, separate financial statements are not required as it is not a “significant subsidiary”.

Property and equipment, net, as presented with the Consolidated Balance Sheets, are summarized as follows:

Depreciation and amortization expenses, recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, were $0.1 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, $1.0 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, $1.1 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, $0.6 million for the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and $1.2 million 52-week period ended December 27, 2014.

There were no impairment charges related to goodwill during these periods or since the inception of the Company.

Changes in fair value of the Company’s intangible assets from August 27, 2016 to August 26, 2017 result from the acquisitions and application of the acquisition method of accounting as described in Note 3. Business Combinations.

Amortization expenses related to intangible assets were $0.9 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $8.5 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017. Amortization expenses related to intangible assets during the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014 were $9.1 million, $6.6 million, and $9.9 million, respectively.

Estimated future amortization for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is as follows:

On July 7, 2017, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Barclays Bank PLC and other parties. The Credit Agreement provides for a term facility of $200.0 million (“Term Facility”) with a seven year maturity, and a revolving loan of up to $75.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) with a five year maturity, in each case under the new first lien senior secured loan facilities (the “New Credit Facilities”). Substantially concurrent with the consummation of the Business Combination, the full $200.0 million of the first lien term loan (the “Term Loan”) was drawn, and no revolving loans were drawn. The interest rate per annum is based on either (i) a base rate equaling the higher of (a) the “prime rate”, (b) the federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and (c) the Eurocurrency rate applicable for an interest period of one month plus 1.00% plus (x) 3.00% margin for Term Loan or (y) 2.00% margin for Revolving Credit Facility, or (ii) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus (x) 4.00% margin for Term Loan and is subject to a floor of 1.00% or (y) 3.00% margin for Revolving Credit Facility. The applicable margin for Revolving Credit Facility will be adjusted after the completion of the Company’s first full fiscal quarter after the closing of the Business Combination based upon the Company’s consolidated first lien net leverage ratio. As security for the payment or performance of its debt, the Company has pledged certain equity interests in its subsidiaries.

The New Credit Facilities are subject to mandatory prepayments based on contractual terms. With respect to the Term Loan, prior to the six-month anniversary of the Closing Date, a 1.00% prepayment premium is payable by the Company in connection with certain repricing events. The Company may also voluntarily prepay outstanding loans at any time.

Prior to the Business Combination, on April 3, 2013, the Company entered into a First Lien Credit Agreement (the “First Lien”) and a Second Lien Credit Agreement (the “Second Lien”) with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. The First Lien consisted of a $20.0 million revolving line of credit and a $255.0 million term loan. The First Lien revolving line of credit carried interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 1.25%, plus 5.0%, and matures on April 3, 2018. The First Lien term loan required quarterly principal and interest payments, carried interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 1.25%, plus 5.0%, and matured on January 2, 2019. The First Lien also provided for an excess cash flow prepayment based on a contractual formula, payable within 120 days of the end of each fiscal year. Each term lender had the right to refuse any such prepayment. Prepayments were applied against the future principal payments in a manner that was set forth in the First Lien credit agreement.

The Second Lien consisted of a $100.0 million term loan that required annual interest payments, bore interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 1.25%, plus 8.5%, and matures on April 3, 2019. The predecessor Company made a payment of $53.6 million on the First Lien.

Under the First Lien and Second Lien, the Company had granted the lenders a security interest in substantially all of the assets of the Company, including its subsidiaries and an affiliate. In addition, the First Lien and Second Lien contained various restrictions, including restrictions on the payment of dividends and other distributions to equity and warrant holders, and provided for the maintenance of certain financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with these covenants at August 27, 2016.

All First Lien and Second Lien term loans existed prior to the Business Combination were extinguished as part of the transaction. As of August 26, 2017, the Company’s only outstanding long-term debt is the $200.0 million Term Facility maturing on July 7, 2024.

At August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016 there were no amounts drawn against the Company’s Revolving Credit Facility or lines of credit, and long-term debt consists of the following:

The Company utilizes market approaches to estimate the fair value of certain outstanding borrowings by discounting anticipated future cash flows derived from the contractual terms of the obligations and observable market interest and foreign exchange rates. As of August 27, 2016 and August 26, 2017, the book value of the Company’s debt approximated fair value. All term debt is valued based on significant observable inputs and classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measurements, a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies, is as follows:

Level 1 – Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 – Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 – Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.

The following tables set forth the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The predecessor entity historically carried warrant liabilities on the balance sheet at fair value. These warrant liabilities were settled with the change of control, discussed in Note 3. Business Combinations. The successor entity assumed the equity warrants of Conyers Park and are discussed in Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity. The tables below show the fair value of warrants for the comparable successor on August 26, 2017 and predecessor on August 27, 2016 periods. The fair value of the Tax Receivable Agreement is discussed in Note 9. Income Taxes.

Because tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement existed as of the pre-close period, no changes in fair value were recorded for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017. For the predecessor entity, other income (expenses) of $0.7 million, $(0.7) million, $1.7 million, and $0.1 million were included in the changes in warrant liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income were charged for the period ending July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively. The Company settled the liabilities at $15.0 million upon the change of control.

The fair value of the warrants were calculated based on estimating future cash payments to be made to the former owner, in part based on the probability-weighted present value of various payout scenarios. Key fair value inputs were the discount rate; expected future cash flows under various payout scenarios, which were derived in part from an estimate of various transaction prices on a future change in a control event; and a probability analysis of the payout scenarios. The methodology for measuring fair value is sensitive to the volatility of key inputs mentioned above.

The sources of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35- week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014:

Income tax expense (benefit) was comprised of the following for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014:

The period ending August 2015 presented represents 35 weeks of activity versus 52 weeks included for other periods disclosed. The book loss and ultimately the income tax benefit shown in the period ending August 2015 are not representative of comparative results. In addition to the shorter time frame shown, the period excluded typically results in strong sales for the Company, the exclusion of which is generating non-comparative results for the 35-week period.

Reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax rate to the effective income tax rate is as follows:

For all periods reported, including the 52-week period ended August 2016, the effective rate is higher than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to state income tax expense, tax losses recognized in jurisdictions for which a tax benefit is not realized, and tax expense associated with nondeductible permanent adjustments. Further, the Company’s tax provision has also been impacted by periodic statutory tax rate changes that cause deferred tax balances to be revalued. The increase in the effective tax rate recorded for the predecessor period ended July 6, 2017 was primarily driven by non-recurring non-deductible transaction costs related to the merger, as well as state alternative minimum tax paid on amended prior year returns filed. The decrease in the effective tax rates in the period ending August 26, 2017 relates to the impact of earnings taxed at lower foreign rates.

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016 were as follows:

As of August 26, 2017, the Company recorded U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of $48.7 million ($22.1 million at August 27, 2016), state net operating loss carryforwards of $52.1 million ($29.5 million at August 27, 2016) and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $13.7 million ($13.7 million at August 27, 2016), as a component of purchase accounting, the Company recorded additional DTAs related to gross NOLs of $9.8 million related to federal and $8.4 million related to states. These NOLs are subject to varying expiry periods, beginning in 2018, though a significant portion can be carried forward indefinitely. The federal net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2034, while state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2021.

As of the July 6, 2017 balance sheet date immediately prior to the Business Combination, the deferred tax asset and liability inventory included additional net operating losses and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards, which were included in the tax receivable agreement discussed herein.

The Company considers non-U.S. subsidiary earnings to be permanently invested outside the United States under the provisions of ASC Topic 740-30-25-17. As such, no income or withholding taxes have been provided for approximately $12.1 million of unremitted earnings. These earnings would become subject to U.S. income tax if remitted. The amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. federal income tax liability on the unremitted earnings has not been determined because the hypothetical calculation is not practicable.

During the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, there was no significant increase to the tax loss carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions. As the carryforwards were generated in jurisdictions where the Company has historically recognized book losses or does not have strong future earnings projections, the Company concluded it is more likely than not that the operating losses would not be realized, and thus maintained a full valuation allowance against the associated deferred tax assets. As of August 26, 2017, the Company has recorded total valuation allowances of $3.9 million. The recognition of the incremental full valuation allowances results in a net zero impact to the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (loss).

As of August 27, 2016, the Company has recorded valuation allowances of $3.6 million on deferred tax assets related to foreign net operating loss carryforwards. This amount represents a full valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets of foreign entities within the United Kingdom, New Zealand, Netherlands, and Spain. $0.3 million valuation allowance on deferred tax assets relates to state net operating losses.

As of August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, the Company has no unrecognized tax benefits. Below is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending unrecognized tax benefits, gross, recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet:

The Company records interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits as a component of tax expense. As of August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, the Company has not accrued interest or penalties on unrecognized tax benefits, as there is no position recorded as of the fiscal years. No changes to the uncertain tax position balance are anticipated within the next 12 months, and are not expected to materially impact the financial statements.

As of August 26, 2017, tax years 2012 to 2016 remain subject to examination in the United States and the tax years 2012 to 2016 remain subject to examination in other major foreign jurisdictions where Atkins conducts business. State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after the filing of the respective return.

Concurrent with the Business Combination, the Company entered into a tax receivable agreement (TRA) with the historical shareholders of Atkins. The Tax Receivable Agreement entered into by the Company in consideration for the Business Combination is valued based on the future expected payments under the terms of the agreement (see Note 3. Business Combinations). The TRA generally provides for the payment by Simply Good Foods to the Atkins’ selling equity holders for certain federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax benefits deemed realized in post-closing taxable periods by Simply Good Foods, Conyers Park, Atkins and Atkins’ eligible subsidiaries from the use of up to $100 million of the following tax attributes: (i) net operating losses available to be carried forward as of the closing of the Business Combination; (ii) certain deductions generated by the consummation of the business transaction; and (iii) remaining depreciable tax basis from the 2003 acquisition of Atkins Nutritionals, Inc. In addition, Simply Good Foods will pay the Atkins selling equity holders for the use of 75% of up to $7.6 million of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards. The TRA is contingent consideration and subsequent changes in fair value of the contingent liability will be recognized in earnings. As of August 26, 2017, the initial estimated fair value of these contingent payments is $25.7 million, which has been recorded as a liability and represents 100% of the value of the recorded tax attributes.

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the TRA is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis and deductions, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the TRA, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:

Significant inputs used to preliminarily estimate the future expected payments include a tax savings rate of approximately 37% and an imputed interest rate of approximately 10%. TRA fair value inputs related to Note 8 are discount rate, book income projections, timing of expected adjustments to calculate taxable income, and the projected rate of use for attributes defined in the TRA. The TRA fair value requires significant judgment and is considered a level 3 hierarchy assessment.

Payments made under the TRA are generally due within 90 days following the filing of The Simply Good Foods U.S. federal and state income tax returns, and may include the tax returns that reflect activity as early as the taxable year ended August 26, 2017. Payments under the TRA will be based on the tax reporting positions that Simply Good Foods will determine. The term of the TRA generally will continue until all applicable tax benefit payments have been made to the seller’s representative under the agreement.

As of August 26, 2017, the undiscounted future expected payments under the TRA are as follows:

The Company has non-cancellable operating leases for nine buildings. The future commitments on the operating leases are as follows:

Rent expenses were $0.3 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017 and $1.7 million for the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, and $2.3 million, $1.5 million, and $2.1 million for the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

The Company is a party to certain litigation and claims that are considered normal to the operations of the business. Management is of the opinion that the outcome of these actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Refer to Note 9. Income Taxes for detail on the Tax Receivable Agreement which was contingent consideration at the time of the acquisition of Atkins.

Simply Good Foods, the successor entity, is authorized to issue 600,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which 70,562,477 shares of Simply Good Foods were issued at the time of the Business Combination transaction. The Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares were issued and outstanding at the time of the Business Combination transaction. Simply Good Foods issued 65,845 shares of Restricted Stock Units of Common Stock during the successor period ending August 26, 2017.

Prior to the Business Combination, Conyers Park issued 13,416,667 public warrants and 6,700,000 private placement warrants. Simply Good Foods assumed the Conyers Park equity warrants upon the change of control event. As a result of the Business Combination, the warrants issued by Conyers Park are no longer exercisable for shares of Conyers Park common stock, but instead will be exercisable for common stock of Simply Good Foods. All other features of the warrants remain unchanged.

Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one whole share of Simply Good Food’s Common Stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below. The warrants became exercisable 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination and expire five years after that date, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

Simply Good Foods may call the warrants for redemption, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder if the reported last sale price of the Company’s common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock is increased by a stock dividend payable in shares of common stock, or by a split-up of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such stock dividend, split-up or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be increased in proportion to such increase in the outstanding shares of common stock.

If the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse stock split or reclassification of shares of common stock or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar event, the number of shares of common stock issuable on exercise of each warrant will be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares of common stock.

The predecessor Company was authorized to issue 600,000 shares of common stock at $0.01 par value per share. The holders of the Company’s common stock were entitled to one vote per share.

Atkins, the predecessor company, had outstanding warrants prior to the transaction forming Simply Good Foods. These Warrants were settled as a part of the Business Combination. Refer to Note 3. Business Combinations of the consolidated financial statements for additional details on the acquisition of the Company.

Historically, the value of the predecessor warrants were reflected as a liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and adjusted to fair value each reporting period through change in warrant liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). For the predecessor entity, other income (expenses) of $0.7 million, $(0.7) million, $1.7 million, and $0.1 million were included in the changes in warrant liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income were charged for the period ending July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, respectively.

At August 26, 2017, there were no warrant liabilities on the balance sheet as these were settled in conjunction with the July 7, 2017 change of control. At August 27, 2016, $15.7 million was recorded in warrant liabilities on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding for the Successor period. Diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding and the effect of all dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during each period.

The following table reconciles the numerators and denominators used in the computations of both basic and diluted earnings per share:

(1) Excludes the effect of non-qualified stock options as the strike price exceeds the average market price for the period

In July 2017, the Company’s shareholders’ approved and adopted the Company’s 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) which provides for the issuance of a maximum of 9,067,917 shares of Common Stock for the grant of options, and/or other stock-based or stock-denominated awards to employees, officers, directors, and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Incentive Plan includes provisions for granting incentive stock options for shares of Common Stock at a price not less than the fair value at the date of grant. Non-qualified stock options may be granted at a price equal to or more than the fair value of Common Stock on the date the option is granted. Stock options under the Incentive Plan generally become exercisable ratably over three years from the date of grant and must be exercised within 10 years from the date of grant. The Company’s policy is to recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. Forfeitures are recognized as incurred.

Expected stock price volatility is based on a sampling of comparable publicly traded companies. The Company believes this sector to most closely model the nature of its own business. The risk-free rates are based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term. Assumptions as of the grant date used in the fair value calculation of each year’s grants are outlined in the following table.

We recognized stock-based compensation expense related to stock options of $0.4 million for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017. No stock options vested in the successor period ended August 26, 2017.

As of August 26, 2017, $9.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock option plans that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.

Restricted stock units vest over a period of three years. During the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, the Company granted 65,845 units with a weighted-average market value of $12.00 each. Prior to vesting, restricted stock units have no voting rights.

As of August 26, 2017, the Company had $0.8 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.

Stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock units recognized by the Company was nil in the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017. No restricted stock units vested in the successor period ended August 26, 2017.

In January 2011, the Board of Directors adopted the NCP-ATK Holdings, Inc. 2010 Stock Option Plan (the “Option Plan”). Under the terms of the Option Plan, nonqualified stock options may be granted to employees, directors, and consultants of the Company. An option certificate for each grant sets forth the exercise price, vesting period, performance thresholds if applicable, and other terms. Options with service conditions generally vest over a period of five years, and the Company recognizes share-based compensation expense ratably over the vesting period. Options with performance conditions generally vest over five successive years, based on the achievement of certain annual financial targets. Typically, each performance option contains five separate tranches, with each tranche vesting based on a specific year’s target. Compensation cost for each tranche is recognized over the period from grant date to vesting date. Options typically expire after ten years.

During the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the Company made a significant modification of the existing Option Plan by removing the performance condition requirement for five employees. This modification resulted in an incremental compensation cost of approximately $0.7 million. The unvested portion of the stock option will forfeit as of the change of control effective date and the vested portion of the stock option must be exercised within five calendar days following receipt by the option holder of written notice of the change in control. If not exercised, these vested stock options will cancel.

As of August 27, 2016, August 29, 2015 and December 27, 2014, the Company’s authorized common stock included 75,872 shares, 60,872 shares, and 60,872 shares, respectively, reserved for issuance under the Option Plan. As of August 27, 2016, the Company had granted 75,872 options, and 3,213 options are available for future grant.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes valuation model. The following assumptions were used for grants occurring in the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017 and the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014:

The expected term of the options represents the estimated period of time until exercise and considers vesting schedules and expectations of future employee and director behavior. Expected stock price volatility is based on a sampling of comparable publicly traded companies. The Company believes this sector to most closely model the nature of its own business. The risk-free rates are based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

A summary of the option activity under the plans for the predecessor period ending July 6, 2017 is presented below.

During the predecessor period ending July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, the Company received $0.1 million, $0.3 million, $0.0 million, and $1.9 million of cash from stock option exercises, respectively.

The tax receivable agreement provides for the effective payment by us to the former equity holders of Atkins for cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax or franchise tax that is actually realized as a result of the change in control discussed in Note 9. Income Taxes.

Pursuant to an arrangement with former majority stockholder of Atkins, the Predecessor Company was obligated to pay a management fee of the greater of $0.9 million or an amount equal to 2% of consolidated adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), as defined by the First Lien and Second Lien, which can be prorated upon a fiscal year-end change. Annual reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses were limited to $0.2 million.

For the predecessor period ending July 6, 2017, the management fee expense was $1.2 million. During the 52-week period ended August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ended August 29, 2015, and the 52-week period ended December 27, 2014, the management fee expense was $1.7 million, $0.9 million, and $1.6 million, respectively.

The Company has organized its operations into one operating segment that sells its branded nutritional foods and snacking products designed around the nutrition principles of the Atkins eating approach. The results of the operating segment are reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resource expenditures and assessing financial performance. This operating segment is therefore the Company’s only reportable segment.

Reconciliations of the totals of reported segment revenues, profit, or loss measurement, assets, and other significant items reported by segment to the corresponding GAAP totals is not applicable to Atkins as it only has one reportable segment. The following is a summary of geographical information:

Revenues from transactions with external customers for each of Atkins’ products would be impracticable to disclose. Management does not view its business by product line.

Credit risk for the Company was concentrated in the following customer who comprised more than 10% of the Company’s total sales for the successor period from July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017, the predecessor period from August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017, the 52-week period ending August 27, 2016, the 35-week period ending August 29, 2015, and 52-week period ending December 27, 2014:

At August 26, 2017 and August 27, 2016, the Company had a single significant customer that accounted for the following amounts of the Company’s accounts receivable:

No other customers of the Company accounted for more than 10% of sales during these periods. The Company generally does not require collateral from its customers and has not incurred any significant losses on uncollectible accounts receivable.

In July 2016, the Company entered into an Exclusive License Agreement (the “License Agreement”) with a co-manufacturer to use the Atkins name and licensed marks to develop, market, distribute and sell frozen food products. In accordance with and subject to terms and conditions of the License Agreement, Atkins will receive a minimum annual royalty payment of $4.0 million in the first year of the License Agreement and increasing annually 3% through the seventh year. Immediately following the initial seven year term, and only upon prior mutual written agreement of the parties, the License Agreement may renew for an additional consecutive seven year period. The License Agreement became effective on September 1, 2016 and all related royalty revenue is recorded in net sales in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

As discussed in Note 5. Goodwill and Intangibles, the Company recorded a $22.0 million intangible asset for the License Agreement with a depreciable life of 14 years as a result of the Business Combination of Atkins discussed in Note 3. Business Combinations.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Conyers Park Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2016, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from April 20, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Conyers Park Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 20, 2016 (inception) to December 31, 2016, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Conyers Park Acquisition Corp.
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

Conyers Park Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware on April 20, 2016. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Initial Business Combination”). The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act,” as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”).

At December 31, 2016, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from April 20, 2016 (Inception) through December 31, 2016 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (“Public Offering”) described below and since the Public Offering, the search for a target business with which to consummate an Initial Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of its Initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents from the proceeds derived from the Public Offering.

The Company’s sponsor is Conyers Park Sponsor LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”). The registration statement for the Company’s Public Offering was declared effective by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on July 14, 2016. The Company intends to finance its Initial Business Combination with proceeds from the $402,500,000 Public Offering of Units and a $10,050,000 private placement (Note 4). Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the private placement, $402,500,000 was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) (discussed below).

The proceeds held in the Trust Account may be invested only in U.S. government treasury bills with a maturity of one hundred eighty (180) days or less or in money market funds that meet certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Funds will remain in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) the consummation of the Initial Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the Trust Account proceeds as described below. The remaining proceeds outside the Trust Account may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses.

The Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, other than the withdrawal of interest to fund working capital requirements of up to $1,000,000 and to pay taxes, if any, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the Initial Business Combination; (ii) the redemption of any shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value (the “Class A Common Stock”) included in the Units (the “Public Shares”) sold in the Public Offering that have been properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to modify the substance or timing of its obligation to redeem 100% of such shares of Class A Common Stock if it does not complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering; and (iii) the redemption of 100% of the shares of Class A Common Stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering if the Company is unable to complete an Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering (subject to the requirements of law). The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of the Company’s public stockholders.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Public Offering, although substantially all of the net proceeds of the Public Offering are intended to be generally applied toward consummating an Initial Business Combination. The Initial Business Combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the Initial Business Combination. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect an Initial Business Combination.

The Company, after signing a definitive agreement for an Initial Business Combination, will either (i) seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination at a meeting called for such purpose in connection with which stockholders may seek to redeem their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the Initial Business Combination, for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable and amounts permitted to be withdrawn for working capital purposes, or (ii) provide stockholders with the opportunity to sell their Public Shares to the Company by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount in cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable and amounts permitted to be withdrawn for working capital purposes. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of the Initial Business Combination or will allow stockholders to sell their Public Shares in a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require the Company to seek stockholder approval, unless a vote is required by law or under NASDAQ rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval, it will complete its Initial Business Combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the Initial Business Combination. However, in no event will the Company redeem its Public Shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001. In such case, the Company would not proceed with the redemption of its Public Shares and the related Initial Business Combination, and instead may search for an alternate Initial Business Combination.

If the Company holds a stockholder vote or there is a tender offer for shares in connection with an Initial Business Combination, a public stockholder will have the right to redeem its shares for an amount in cash equal to its pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Initial Business Combination, including interest but less taxes payable and amounts permitted to be withdrawn for working capital purposes. As a result, such shares of Class A Common Stock will be recorded at redemption amount and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Public Offering, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if the Company is unable to complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefore, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to us to pay up to $1,000,000 of the Company’s working capital requirements as well as to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors entered into a letter agreement with the Company, pursuant to which they agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Founder Shares (as defined below) held by them if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within 24 months of the closing of the Public Offering. However, if the Sponsor or any of the Company’s directors, officers or affiliates acquires shares of Class A common stock in or after the Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the Initial Business Combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company after an Initial Business Combination, the Company’s stockholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock, if any, having preference over the common stock. The Company’s stockholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock, except that the Company will provide its stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, upon the completion of the Initial Business Combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a balance of cash and cash equivalents of approximately $954,000, which excludes interest income available to the Company for tax obligations of approximately $295,000 from the Company’s investments in the Trust account.

The Company intends to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) to complete its initial business combination. To the extent that the Company’s equity or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete the initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue its growth strategies.

Based on the foregoing, management believes that the Company will have sufficient working capital to meet the Company’s needs for the next twelve months. Over this time period, the Company will be using these funds for paying existing accounts payable, identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination.

Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard.

This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company, which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, plus, to the extent dilutive, the incremental number of shares of common stock to settle warrants, as calculated using the treasury stock method. At December 31, 2016, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 20,116,667 shares of common stock. For the period presented, these shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share of common stock because their inclusion would have been antidilutive. As a result, diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for the period.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. The Company had not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such accounts.

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under FASB ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the balance sheet.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company complies with the requirements of FASB ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5A — “Expenses of Offering.” Offering costs were $22,697,678 (including $22,137,500 in underwriters’ fees), consisting principally of costs incurred in connection with formation and preparation for the Public Offering. These costs, together with the underwriters’ discount were charged to additional paid-in capital upon closing of the Public Offering on July 20, 2016.

As discussed in Note 1, all of the 40,250,000 shares of Class A common stock sold as parts of the Units in the Public Offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of Class A common stock under the Company’s Liquidation or Tender Offer/Stockholder Approval provisions. In accordance with FASB ASC 480, redemption provisions not solely within the control of the Company require the security to be classified outside of permanent equity. Ordinary liquidation events, which involve the redemption and liquidation of all of the entity’s equity instruments, are excluded from the provisions of FASB ASC 480. Although the Company has not specified a maximum redemption threshold, its amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that in no event will the Company redeem its public shares in an amount that would cause its net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of the security to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable Class A common stock shall be affected by charges against additional paid-in capital. Accordingly, at December 31, 2016, 38,468,481 of the 40,250,000 shares of Class A common stock included in the Units were classified outside of permanent equity at its redemption value.

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

FASB ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. There were no unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2016. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. No amounts were accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2016. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

The amounts held in the Trust Account represent proceeds from the Public Offering and the Private Placement of $402,500,000 which were invested in a money market instrument that invests in United States Treasury Securities with original maturities of six months or less and can only be used by the Company in connection with the consummation of an Initial Business Combination.

In August 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern” (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. ASU 2014-15 provides guidance on management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an organization’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. For each reporting period, management will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about a company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year from the date the financial statements are issued. The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016 and for annual and interim periods thereafter. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted and incorporated the methodologies prescribed by ASU 2014-15 in the accompanying financial statements.

The Company’s management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

On July 20, 2016, in the Public Offering, the Company sold 40,250,000 units at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Units”), including the full exercise of the underwriter’s overallotment option. The Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 6,700,000 warrants at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering.

Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, and one-third of one warrant to purchase shares of Class A common stock (each, a “Warrant” and, collectively, the “Warrants”). Each whole Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. No fractional shares will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade. Each Warrant will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Public Offering and will expire five years after the completion of the Company’s Initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. Once the Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Warrants in whole and not in part at a price of $0.01 per Warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, if and only if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sent the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders.

The Company paid an underwriting discount of $8,050,000 to the underwriters at the closing of the Public Offering, with an additional fee (the “Deferred Discount”) of $14,087,500, payable upon the Company’s completion of an Initial Business Combination. The Deferred Discount will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event the Company completes its Initial Business Combination.

On April 29, 2016, the Sponsor purchased 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock for an aggregate price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. As used herein, unless the context otherwise requires, “Founder Shares” shall be deemed to include the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion thereof. The Founder Shares are identical to the Class A common stock included in the Units sold in the Public Offering except that the Founder Shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of the Company’s Initial Business Combination and are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below. Holders of Founder Shares may also elect to convert their shares of Class B common stock into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time.

The Company’s initial stockholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of the Initial Business Combination or (B) subsequent to the Initial Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Initial Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

The Sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 6,700,000 private placement warrants (including warrants required to be purchased in connection with the over-allotment option) at a price of $1.50 per warrant in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”). Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable for one whole share of the Company’s Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. A portion of the purchase price of the Private Placement Warrants has been added to the proceeds from the Public Offering held in the Trust Account pending completion of the Initial Business Combination such that at the closing of the Public Offering $402.5 million was held in the Trust Account. If the Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months from the closing of the Public Offering, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Warrants held in the Trust Account will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Warrants will expire worthless. The Private Placement Warrants are non-redeemable and exercisable on a cashless basis so long as they are held by the Sponsor or its permitted transferees.

The Sponsor and the Company’s officers and directors have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Private Placement Warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Private Placement Warrants) until 30 days after the completion of the Initial Business Combination.

The holders of Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and Warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, are entitled to registration rights (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion of such shares to shares of Class A common stock) as stated in the registration rights agreement signed on the date of the prospectus for the Public Offering. These holders are entitled to certain demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

However, the registration rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period for the securities to be registered. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

On April 29, 2016, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $300,000 to cover expenses related to the Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the “Note”). This note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of December 31, 2016 or the completion of the Public Offering. On April 29, 2016, the Company borrowed $100,000 under the Note. From April 30, 2016 through July 19, 2016, the Company borrowed an additional $125,000 under the Note. On July 20, 2016, the total balance of $225,000 of the Note was repaid to the Sponsor.

The Company has agreed to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Services commenced on July 15, 2016, the date the securities were first listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market and will terminate upon the earlier of the completion of the Initial Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company had a balance of $185,424 payable to related parties for expenses paid on behalf of the Company in the amount of $125,424 and $60,000 payable under the administrative support agreement. These borrowings are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand.

Upon the closing of the Public Offering and the Private Placement, $402,500,000 was placed in the Trust Account. At December 31, 2016, funds in the Trust Account totaled $402,794,587 and were held in investment securities and cash, with investment securities consisting only of money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which invest only in direct U.S. government obligations. Such investment securities are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques that the Company utilized to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize data points that are observable, such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves. Fair values determined by Level 3 inputs are unobservable data points for the asset or liability, and includes situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability.

The Company is committed to pay the Deferred Discount of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering, or $14,087,500, to the underwriters upon the Company’s completion of an Initial Business Combination. The underwriters are not entitled to receive any of the interest earned on Trust Account funds that would be used to pay the Deferred Discount, and no Deferred Discount is payable to the underwriters if an Initial Business Combination is not completed within 24 months after the Public Offering.

The authorized common stock of the Company consists of 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock. If the Company enters into an Initial Business Combination, it may (depending on the terms of such an Initial Business Combination) be required to increase the number of shares of Class A common stock which the Company is authorized to issue at the same time as the Company’s stockholders vote on the Initial Business Combination to the extent the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with the Initial Business Combination. Holders of the Company’s common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock. At December 31, 2016, there were 40,250,000 shares of Class A (of which 38,468,481 was classified outside of permanent equity) and 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2016, there were no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

The Company issued warrants to purchase 13,416,667 shares of Class A common stock as part of the units sold in the Initial Public Offering and, simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering, the Company issued Private Placement Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 6,700,000 shares of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. At December 31, 2016, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 20,116,667 shares of common stock.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be borne by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of common stock being registered hereby.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and our amended and restated bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors, officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In addition, effective upon the consummation of the Business Combination, as defined in Part I of this registration statement, we have entered into indemnity agreements with our directors and officers containing provisions which are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. The indemnity agreements require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

The financial statements filed as part of this registration statement are listed in the index to the financial statements immediately preceding such financial statements, which index to the financial statements is incorporated herein by reference.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the undersigned pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the undersigned has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the undersigned of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the undersigned in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the undersigned will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Denver, State of Colorado, on the 15th day of November 2017.

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Joseph E. Scalzo and Todd Cunfer, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (i) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this registration statement and (ii) any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or either of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons on November 15, 2017 in the capacities indicated.

Delaware		2000		82-1038121
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☐
Non-accelerated filer	☒ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging growth company	☒

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Amount to be Registered			Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Share			Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price			Amount of Registration Fee
Shares of common stock		18,945,674	(1)	$	11.62	(2)	$	220,148,732	(2)	$	27,408.52	(3)(4)

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS	ii

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS	1

RISK FACTORS	4

USE OF PROCEEDS	20

PRICE RANGE OF SECURITIES	21

DIVIDENDS	22

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION	23

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	30

BUSINESS	56

MANAGEMENT	67

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION	74

DESCRIPTION CAPITAL STOCK	81

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES	87

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS	91

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS	92

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS	96

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION	99

LEGAL MATTERS	101

EXPERTS	101

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION	101

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	F-1

	Common Stock				Warrants
	High		Low		High		Low
Period from July 10, 2017 through August 25, 2017	$	12.50	$	11.00	$	2.90	$	1.08
Period from August 28, 2017 through November 10, 2017	$	13.06	$	10.93	$	3.05	$	1.86

	2017						2016			2015			2014			2013			2012
	From July 7, 2017 through			From August 28, 2016 through			52-week period ended			35-week period ended			52-week period ended
	August 26, 2017			July 6, 2017			August 27, 2016			August 29, 2015			December 27, 2014			December 28, 2013			December 29, 2012
	(audited)			(audited)			(audited)			(audited)			(audited)			(audited)			(unaudited)
(in thousands)	(Successor)			(Predecessor)			(Predecessor)			(Predecessor)			(Predecessor)			(Predecessor)			(Predecessor)
Operating data:
Net Sales	$	56,334		$	339,837		$	427,858		$	252,898		$	429,858		$	393,929		$	311,153
Cost of goods sold		35,941			179,998			248,464			151,978			249,832			221,120			161,739
Gross profit		20,393			159,839			179,394			100,920			180,026			172,809			149,414
Operating expenses:
Distribution		2,784			14,970			18,489			11,429			19,481			19,544			16,575
Selling		2,322			13,905			18,513			14,632			22,282			23,211			15,851
Marketing		4,615			33,589			37,751			30,515			33,548			31,951			28,122
General and administrative		7,813			39,276			46,961			29,028			41,000			40,008			35,156
Depreciation and amortization		1,000			8,617			10,179			7,267			11,195			11,304			11,166
Business combination transaction costs		—			25,608			—			—			—			—			—
Other expense		—			141			1,542			65			146			603			1,094
Total operating expenses		18,534			136,106			133,435			92,936			127,652			126,621			107,964
Income from operations		1,859			23,733			45,959			7,984			52,374			46,188			41,450
Other income (expense):
Change in warrant liabilities		—			722			(722	)		1,689			143			(3,173	)		(8,392	)
Interest expense		(1,662	)		(22,724	)		(27,195	)		(18,331	)		(27,823	)		(35,402	)		(21,573	)
Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions		513			133			(619	)		(1,045	)		(1,211	)		1,198			(534	)
Other expense		30			221			118			55			96			297			171
Total other expense		(1,119	)		(21,648	)		(28,418	)		(17,632	)		(28,795	)		(37,080	)		(30,328	)
(Loss) income before (benefit from) provision for income taxes		740			2,085			17,541			(9,648	)		23,579			9,108			11,122
(Benefit from) provision for income taxes		290			4,570			7,507			(4,334	)		9,623			5,859			14,234
Net (loss) income	$	450		$	(2,485	)	$	10,034		$	(5,314	)	$	13,956		$	3,249		$	(3,112	)

(in thousands)
Balance sheet data (at end of period):
Total assets	$	922,488		$	344,867		$	389,512		$	366,953		$	385,215		$	367,033		$	337,917
Long term debt, less current maturities		191,856			281,445			321,638			331,565			330,758			330,234			252,197
Warrant liabilities		—			15,000			15,722			15,000			16,689			16,832			17,158
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)		598,702			(28,027	)		(27,834	)		(41,322	)		(36,217	)		(53,911	)		11,570

	52-Weeks Ended August 26, 2017 Historical Atkins(h)			Period Ended June 30, 2017 Historical Conyers Park(i)			Pro Forma Adjustments			Pro Forma Combined Income Statement

Net sales	$	396,171			—			—		$	396,171
Cost of goods sold		215,939			—			(5,989	)(a)		209,950
Gross profit		180,232			—			5,989			186,221
Distribution		17,754			—			—			17,754
Selling		16,227			—			—			16,227
Marketing		38,204			—			—			38,204
General and administrative		47,089			1,221			(635	)(b)		48,945
Depreciation and amortization		9,617			—			(1,979	)(c)		7,638
Business combination transaction costs		25,608			12,435			(38,043	)(d)		—
Other expense		141			—			—			141
Income (loss) from operations		25,592			(13,656	)		45,376			57,312
Interest income		—			1,479			—			1,479
Change in warrant liabilities		722			—			(722	)(e)		—
Interest expense		(24,386	)		—			12,475	(f)		(11,911	)
Gain on foreign currency transactions		646			—			—			646
Other income		251									251
Income before income taxes		2,825			(12,177	)		57,129			47,777
Provision for income taxes		4,860			—			14,060	(g)		18,920
Net (loss) income	$	(2,035	)		(12,177	)	$	43,069		$	28,857
Common stock outstanding		—			11,844,120			—			70,562,477
Basic and diluted earnings per share		—			(1.03	)		—			0.40

Cash paid to selling equityholders	$	672,006
Equity consideration paid to selling equityholders		117,567
Total cash and equity consideration		789,573
Tax Receivable Agreement to selling equityholders		25,675
Total consideration	$	815,248
Cash and cash equivalents	$	71,181
Accounts receivable, net		31,507
Inventories, net		33,023
Other current assets		15,247
Property and equipment, net		1,793
Intangible assets, net		320,000
Goodwill		465,030
Other long-term assets		2,224
Accounts payable		(12,187	)
Other current liabilities		(36,498	)
Deferred income taxes		(76,072	)
Total assets acquired and liabilities assumed	$	815,248

	Period from April 20, 2016 (inception) through December 31, 2016			Period from April 20, 2016 (inception) through June 30, 2016			Six Months Ended June 30, 2017			Year ended June 30, 2017
Revenues	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
General and administrative expenses		487			2			736			1,221
Business combination transaction costs		—			—			12,435			12,435
Loss from operations		(487	)		(2	)		(13,171	)		(13,656	)
Interest Income		294			—			1,185			1,479
Net Loss	$	(193	)	$	(2	)	$	(11,986	)	$	(12,177	)

	Preliminary Fair Value		Estimated Useful Life in Years	52 Weeks Ended August 26, 2017 Amortization Expense
Customer relationships	$	59,000	15	$	3,933
Trademarks and tradenames		232,000	Indefinite		—
Licensing agreements		22,000	14		1,572
Formula and recipes		7,000	7		1,000
Total	$	320,000		$	6,505
Less: Atkins historical amortization expense					(8,302	)
Pro forma adjustment				$	(1,797	)

	52-Weeks Ended August 26, 2017
Outstanding debt	$	200,000
Interest rate		5.31	%
Interest on debt	$	10,620
Amortization of deferred financing fees		1,291
Atkins historical interest		(24,386	)
Pro forma adjustment	$	(12,475	)

Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation:	52-weeks ended		53-weeks ended		35-weeks ended			35-weeks ended			52-weeks ended		52-weeks ended
(in thousands)	August 27, 2016		August 29, 2015		August 29, 2015			December 27, 2014			December 27, 2014		December 28, 2013
Net income (loss)	$	10,034	$	9,076	$	(5,314	)	$	(4,503	)	$	13,956	$	3,249
Interest		27,195		27,760		18,331			18,408			27,823		35,402
Taxes		7,507		6,205		(4,334	)		(2,554	)		9,623		5,859
Depreciation/Amortization		10,179		10,967		7,267			7,495			11,195		11,304
EBITDA		54,915		54,008		15,950			18,846			62,597		55,814
Stock Option and Warrant Expense		2,826		1,029		(1,464	)		1,826			1,285		4,684
Transaction Fees / IPO Readiness		470		556		483			1,394			1,466		—
Restructuring		1,542		197		65			15			146		603
Roark Management Fee		1,670		1,647		854			781			1,574		1,421
Recall Receivable Reserve		1,922		—		—			—
Refinancing Closing Costs		—		—		—			2,668
Frozen Licensing Media		—		—		—			—
Non-recurring legal costs		—		—		—			—
Business combination transaction costs		—		—		—			—
Purchase accounting inventory step-up		—		—		—			—
Other		896		1,939		1,073			235			1,268		(1,172	)
Adjusted EBITDA	$	64,241	$	59,376	$	16,961		$	23,097		$	68,336	$	64,018

	2017
	From July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017			% of sales			From August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017			% of sales
(in thousands)	(Successor)						(Predecessor)

Net sales	$	56,334			100.0	%	$	339,837			100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		35,941			63.8	%		179,998			53.0	%
Gross profit		20,393			36.2	%		159,839			47.0	%
Operating Expenses:
Distribution		2,784			4.9	%		14,970			4.4	%
Selling		2,322			4.1	%		13,905			4.1	%
Marketing		4,615			8.2	%		33,589			9.9	%
General and administrative		7,813			13.9	%		39,276			11.6	%
Depreciation and amortization		1,000			1.8	%		8,617			2.5	%
Business combination transaction costs		—			—	%		25,608			7.5	%
Other Expense		—			—	%		141			—	%
Total operating expenses		18,534			32.9	%		136,106			40.1	%
Income from operations		1,859			3.3	%		23,733			7.0	%
Other income (expense):
Changes in warrant liabilities		—			—%			722			0.2	%
Interest expense		(1,662	)		(3.0	)%		(22,724	)		(6.7	)%
Loss on foreign currency transactions		513			0.9	%		133			—	%
Other income		30			0.1	%		221			0.1	%
Total other expense		(1,119	)		(2.0	)%		(21,648	)		(6.4	)%
Income before income taxes		740			1.3	%		2,085			0.6	%
Income tax expense		290			0.5	%		4,570			1.3	%
Net income	$	450			0.8	%	$	(2,485	)		(0.7	)%
Other financial data:
Adjusted EBITDA	$	8,654			15.4	%	$	63,889			18.8	%

(in thousands)	Historical (i) (Successor) From July 7, 2017 through August 26, 2017			(Predecessor) From August 28, 2016 through July 6, 2017			Pro Forma Combined (Unaudited) Pro Forma Adjustments			52-weeks ended August 26, 2017
Net sales	$	56,334		$	339,837		$	—		$	396,171
Cost of goods sold		35,941			179,998			(5,989	)ii		209,950
Gross profit		20,393			159,839			5,989			186,221

Operating Expenses:
Distribution		2,784			14,970			—			17,754
Selling		2,322			13,905			—			16,227
Marketing		4,615			33,589			—			38,204
General and administrative		7,813			39,276			635	iii		47,724
Depreciation and amortization		1,000			8,617			(1,979	)iv		7,638
Business combination transaction costs		—			25,608			(25,608	)v		—
Other expense		—			141			—			141
Total operating expenses		18,534			136,106			(26,952	)		127,688

Income from operations		1,859			23,733			32,941			58,533

Other income (expense):
Change in warrant liabilities		—			722			(722	)vi		—
Interest expense		(1,662	)		(22,724	)		12,475	vii		(11,911	)
Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions		513			133			—			646
Other income		30			221			—			251
Total other expense		(1,119	)		(21,648	)		11,753			(11,014	)

Income (loss) before income taxes		740			2,085			44,694			47,519
Income tax expense		290			4,570			13,958	vii		18,818
Net income (loss)	$	450		$	(2,485	)	$	30,736		$	28,701

Other Financial Data (Unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA (ix)	$	8,654		$	63,889		$	72,543

(In thousands)	Historical Atkins			Frozen License Adjustments			Atkins’ Pro Forma (i)			Pro Forma Adjustments			Pro Forma (Unaudited)
Net sales	$	427,858		$	(58,819	)	$	369,039		$	—		$	369,039
Cost of goods sold		248,464			(48,977	)		199,487			—			199,487
Gross profit		179,394			(9,842	)		169,552			—			169,552

Operating Expenses:
Distribution		18,489			(3,023) vii			15,466			—			15,466
Selling		18,513			(2,440) vii			16,073			—			16,073
Marketing		37,751			(1,487	)		36,264			—			36,264
General and administrative		46,961			(2,897	)		44,064			1,384 ii			45,448
Depreciation and amortization		10,179			—			10,179			(2,587) iii			7,592
Other expense (income)		1,542			(493	)		1,049			—			1,049
Total operating expenses		133,435			(10,340	)		123,095			(1,203	)		121,892

Income from operations		45,959			498			46,457			1,203			47,660

Other income (expense):		—
Change in warrant liabilities		(722	)		—			(722	)		722 iv			—
Interest expense		(27,195	)		—			(27,195	)		15,284 v			(11,911	)
Loss (gain) on foreign currency transactions		(619	)		—			(619	)		—			(619	)
Other income		118			—			118			—			118
Total other expense		(28,418	)		—			(28,418	)		16,006			(12,412	)

Income (loss) before income taxes		17,541			498			18,039			17,209			35,248
Income tax expense		7,507			197			7,704			6,254 vi			13,958
Net income (loss)	$	10,034		$	301		$	10,335		$	10,955		$	21,290

	Pro Forma Combined (Unaudited)						Pro Forma (Unaudited)
(in thousands)	52-weeks ended August 26, 2017			% of sales			52-weeks ended August 27, 2016			% of sales
	$	396,171			100.0	%	$	369,039			100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		209,950			53.0	%		199,487			54.1	%
Gross profit		186,221			47.0	%		169,552			45.9	%

Operating Expenses:
Distribution		17,754			4.5	%		15,466			4.2	%
Selling		16,227			4.1	%		16,073			4.4	%
Marketing		38,204			9.6	%		36,264			9.8	%
General and administrative		47,724			12.0	%		45,448			12.3	%
Depreciation and amortization		7,638			1.9	%		7,592			2.1	%
Business combination transaction costs		—			—	%		—			—	%
Other Expense		141			—	%		1,049			0.3	%
Total operating expenses		127,688			32.2	%		121,892			33.0	%

Income from operations		58,533			14.8	%		47,660			12.9	%

Other income (expense):
Changes in warrant liabilities		—			—	%		—			—	%
Interest expense		(11,911	)		(3.0	)%		(11,911	)		(3.2	)%
Loss on foreign currency transactions		646			0.2	%		(619	)		(0.2	)%
Other income		251			0.1	%		118			—	%
Total other expense		(11,014	)		(2.8	)%		(12,412	)		(3.4	)%

Income before income taxes		47,519			12.0	%		35,248			9.6	%
Income tax expense		18,818			4.7	%		13,958			3.8	%
Net income	$	28,701			7.2	%	$	21,290			5.8	%
Other Financial Data (Unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA	$	72,543			18.3	%	$	64,246			17.4	%

	52-Week Period Ended						53-Week Period Ended
	August 27, 2016						August 29, 2015
(in thousands)	(audited						(unaudited)
				% of sales						% of sales
Net sales	$	427,858			100.0	%	$	419,128			100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		248,464			58.1	%		246,059			58.7	%
Gross profit		179,394			41.9	%		173,069			41.3	%

Operating expenses:
Distribution		18,489			4.3	%		18,128			4.3	%
Selling		18,513			4.3	%		19,754			4.7	%
Marketing		37,751			8.8	%		35,911			8.6	%
General and administrative		46,961			11.0	%		44,375			10.6	%
Depreciation and amortization		10,179			2.4	%		10,967			2.6	%
Other expense		1,542			0.4	%		196			—%
Total operating expenses		133,435			31.2	%		129,331			30.8	%

Income from operations		45,959			10.7	%		43,738			10.5	%

Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(27,195	)		(6.4	)%		(27,760	)		(6.6	)%
Other expense		(1,223	)		(0.3	)%		(697	)		(0.2	)%
Income (loss) before income taxes		17,541			4.0	%		15,281			3.7	%
Taxes		7,507			1.8	%		6,205			1.5	%
Net income (loss)		10,034			2.2	%	$	9,076			2.2	%
Other Financial Data (Unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA	$	64,241			15.0	%	$	59,376			14.2	%

	35-Week Period Ended
	August 29, 2015						December 27, 2014
(in thousands)	(audited)						(unaudited)
				% of sales						% of sales
Net Sales	$	252,898			100.0	%	$	260,391			100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		151,978			60.1	%		155,634			59.8	%
Gross profit		100,920			39.9	%		104,757			40.2	%

Operating expenses:
Distribution		11,429			4.5	%		12,781			4.9	%
Selling		14,632			5.8	%		16,348			6.3	%
Marketing		30,515			12.1	%		28,804			11.1	%
General and administrative		29,028			11.5	%		26,992			10.4	%
Depreciation and amortization		7,267			2.9	%		7,495			2.9	%
Other expense		65			—	%		14			—	%
Total operating expenses		92,936			36.8	%		92,434			35.6	%

Income from operations		7,984			3.1	%		12,323			4.6	%

Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(18,331	)		(7.2	)%		(18,408	)		(7.1	)%
Other expense		699			0.3	%		(972	)		(0.4	)%

Income (loss) before income taxes		(9,648	)		(3.8	)%		(7,057	)		(2.9	)%
Taxes		(4,334	)		(1.7	)%		(2,554	)		(1.0	)%
Net income (loss)	$	(5,314	)		(2.1	)%	$	(4,503	)		(1.9	)%

Other Financial Data (Unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA	$	16,961			6.7	%	$	23,097			8.9	%

	52-Week Period Ended
	December 27, 2014						December 28, 2013
	(audited)						(audited)
(in thousands)				% of sales						% of sales
Net sales	$	429,858			100.0	%	$	393,929			100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		249,832			58.1	%		221,120			56.1	%
Gross profit	$	180,026			41.9	%	$	172,809			43.9	%
Operating expenses:
Selling, marketing and distribution	$	75,311			17.5	%	$	74,706			18.9	%
General and administrative		41,000			9.5	%		40,008			10.2	%
Depreciation and amortization		11,195			2.6	%		11,304			2.9	%
Other expense		146			0.0	%		603			0.2	%
Total operating expenses	$	127,652			29.7	%	$	126,621			32.1	%
Income from operations		52,374			12.2	%		46,188			11.7	%
Other income (expense):
Interest expense		(27,823	)		(6.5	)%		(35,402	)		(9.0	)%
Other expense		(972	)		(0.2	)%		(1,678	)		(0.4	)%
Income before income taxes		23,579			5.5	%		9,108			2.3	%
Taxes		9,623			2.2	%		5,859			1.5	%
Net income	$	13,956			3.2	%	$	3,249			0.8	%
Other financial data (Unaudited):
Adjusted EBITDA	$	68,336			15.9	%	$	64,018			16.3	%

	(Successor)			(Predecessor)
	From July 7, 2017			From August 28, 2016			52/53-Week Period Ended						35-Week Period Ended						52-Week Period Ended
(in thousands)	through August 26, 2017			through July 6, 2017			August 27, 2016			August 29, 2015			August 29, 2015			August 30, 2014			December 27, 2014			December 28, 2013
Net cash provided by operating activities		(27,356	)		21,939		$	29,023		$	37,805		$	20,426		$	6,403		$	23,479		$	21,941
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		(197,304	)		(20,458	)		(815	)		(1,685	)		(968	)		(159	)		(875	)		(1,229	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		280,799			(53,536	)		(6,735	)		(1,932	)		(2,165	)		(5,091	)		(4,857	)		(1,729	)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		159			(10	)		(75	)		(179	)		(113	)		22			(249	)		(52	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		56,298			(52,065	)	$	21,398		$	34,009		$	17,180		$	1,175		$	17,498		$	18,931

Contractual Obligations	Payments due by period
($ in thousands)	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Long term debt obligations	$	200,000	$	1,500	$	4,000	$	4,000	$	190,500
Operating leases (1)		10,340		2,294		4,372		2,861		813
Interest payments		72,368		10,737		21,270		20,725		19,636
Total	$	282,708	$	14,531	$	29,642	$	27,586	$	210,949

	●	ingredients;

	●	taste;

	●	low-carbohydrate, low-sugar, protein rich versus other nutritional approaches;

	●	convenience;

	●	brand awareness and loyalty among consumers;

	●	media spending;

	●	product variety and packaging;

	●	access to retailer shelf space;

	●	access to Walmart retail locations, a significant customer generating more than 40% of sales.

	●	regulates manufacturing practices for foods through its current good manufacturing practices regulations;

	●	specifies the standards of identity for certain foods, including many of the products we sell; and

	●	prescribes the format and content of certain information required to appear on food product labels

Name	Age	Position
Joseph E. Scalzo^(a)	59	Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Todd Cunfer	53	Chief Financial Officer
Annita M. Menogan	63	Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
C. Scott Parker	61	Chief Marketing Officer
Hanno E. Holm	46	Vice President and Chief Operations Officer
Jill Short Clark	49	Chief Customer Officer
Timothy A. Matthews	38	Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
James M. Kilts^(c)	69	Chairman of the Board of Directors
David J. West^(c)	54	Executive Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Brian K. Ratzan^(c)	47	Director
Clayton C. Daley, Jr.^(b)	66	Director
Nomi P. Ghez^(b)	71	Director
James E. Healey^(b)	76	Director
Robert G. Montgomery^(a)	64	Director
Arvin “Rick” Kash^(a)	75	Director
Richard T. Laube^(c)	61	Director

	●	The Class I directors are Messrs. Salzo, Montgomery and Kash, with terms expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018;

Named Executive Officer	Base Salary as of August 26, 2017
Joseph Scalzo	$	715,000
Shaun Mara	$	460,000
Scott Parker	$	433,818

Name	Base Salary ($)		Target Incentive (as Percentage of Base Salary) (%)			Target Incentive ($)		Performance Factors and Weightings	Achievement (%)			2017 Award ($)
Joseph Scalzo(1)	$	673,006		75	%	$	504,755	Sales Growth Targets, 50%, EBITDA Targets 50%		100	%	$	504,755
Shaun Mara	$	460,000		65	%	$	299,000	Sales Growth Targets, 50%, EBITDA Targets 50%		100	%	$	299,000
Scott Parker	$	433,818		50	%	$	216,909	Sales Growth Targets, 50%, EBITDA Targets 50%		100	%	$	216,909

Name	Time-Based Stock Option Awards: Number of Shares Underlying Stock Options
Joseph Scalzo		1,200,000
Shaun Mara		252,967
Scott Parker		238,943

Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus ($)⁽¹⁾		Option Awards ($)⁽²⁾		All Other Compensation ($)⁽³⁾		Total ($)
Joseph Scalzo		2017		671,721		504,755		4,452,000		1,730,593		7,359,069
President and Chief Executive Officer		2016		643,443		551,309		715,761		21,568		1,932,081
Shaun Mara		2017		456,666		299,000		938,508		2,120,876		3,815,050
Former Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer (4)		2016		434,166		329,063		715,761		138,454		1,617,444
Scott Parker		2017		429,606		216,909		886,479		1,064,921		2,597,915
Chief Marketing Officer		2016		414,762		236,915		715,761		148,722		1,516,160

Name	401(k) Match ($)		Insurance ($)^(a)		Car Allowance ($)		Commuting ($)^(b)		Life Insurance ($)		Change of Control Bonus($)^(c)		Total All Other Compensation ($)
Joseph Scalzo		8,100		4,006		7,875		—		612		1,710,000		1,730,593
Shaun Mara		8,100		3,152		9,000		99,604		1,020		2,000,000		2,120,876
Scott Parker		8,100		4,547		9,000		127,943		612		914,719		1,064,921

(a)	Consists of supplemental individual disability insurance premiums paid by Atkins.

(b)	Consists of reimbursement for commuting expenses for the year ended August 26, 2017, including estimated year-end tax gross-up.

(c)	Represents change of control bonus payments made in connection with the Business Combination on a discretionary basis to Mr. Scalzo and pursuant to each of Messrs. Mara’s and Parker’s agreements as described below under “Change of Control Benefits.”

	Option Awards
Name	Grant Date	Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable		Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable			Option exercise price ($)		Option expiration date
Joseph Scalzo	July 14, 2017		—		1,200,000	(1)		12.00	July 14, 2027
Shaun Mara	July 14, 2017		—		252,967	(1)		12.00	July 14, 2027
Scott Parker	July 14, 2017		—		238,943	(1)		12.00	July 14, 2027

Name	Fees earned or paid in cash ($)		Stock/option awards ($)		All other compensation ($)		Total ($)
Atkins directors (1)
Ezra Field		—		—		—		—
Richard Laube		100,000		—		—		100,000
David Lee		—		—		—		—
Steve Heyer		50,000		—		—		50,000
Steve Powell		50,000		—		—		50,000
Tom McNeely		50,000		—		—		50,000
Michael Thompson		—		—		—		—
Patti Larchet		100,000		—		—		100,000
Simply Good Foods directors (2)
James M. Kilts		8,242		—		—		8,242
David J. West		11,676		—		—		11,676
James E. Healey		9,615		—		—		9,615
Clayton C. Daley, Jr		9,272		—		—		9,272
Nomi P. Ghez		8,929		—		—		8,929
Brian K. Ratzan		8,242		—		—		8,242
Robert G. Montgomery		8,242		—		—		8,242
Richard T. Laube		8,242		—		—		8,242
Arvin Kash		8,242		—		—		8,242

(1)	Atkins directors received their full fees in two half year payments prior to the merger.

(2)	Company directors receive annual cash compensation of $60,000 paid quarterly, and Restricted Stock Units valued at $90,000. The Board chair, executive vice chair and chairs of the committees receive additional annual compensation. Mr. Kilts as Chair is entitled to receive an additional fee of $25,000, but he has waived his fee. Mr. West receives $25,000 as Executive Vice Chair. Mr. Healey receives $10,000 as Chair of the Audit Committee. Mr. Daley receives $7,500 as Chair of the Compensation Committee, and Ms. Ghez receives $5,000 as Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee. The directors received a portion of their first quarter fees prorated from July 7, 2017 to August 26, 2017 (fiscal year end). No equity was granted to the directors in fiscal year 2017. Non-employee directors were granted 7,500 restricted stock units valued at $90,000 on September 6, 2017, which is fiscal 2018. The RSUs will vest in full on the anniversary of the grant, provided the director’s service has not terminated.

	●	in whole and not in part;

	●	at a price of $0.01 per Warrant;

	●	upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption (the “30-day redemption period”) to each Warrant holder; and

	●	if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption to the Warrant holders.